Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-09718

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   25-1435979

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(412) 762-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  x    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  x        Accelerated filer  ¨        Non-accelerated filer  ¨        Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨    No   x

As of April 30, 2010, there were 526,050,424 shares of the registrant’s common stock ($5 par value) outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

Cross-Reference Index to First Quarter 2010 Form 10-Q

 

     Pages

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1.        Financial Statements (Unaudited).

  

Consolidated Income Statement

   58

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   59

Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows

   60

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Note 1   Accounting Policies

   61

Note 2   Divestiture

   62

Note 3   Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities

   62

Note 4   Loans and Commitments To Extend Credit

   68

Note 5   Asset Quality

   69

Note 6   Purchased Impaired Loans Related to National City

   70

Note 7   Investment Securities

   71

Note 8   Fair Value

   76

Note 9   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

   86

Note 10 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts

   88

Note 11 Certain Employee Benefit And Stock-Based Compensation Plans

   88

Note 12 Financial Derivatives

   90

Note 13 Earnings Per Share

   96

Note 14 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income

   97

Note 15 Income Taxes

   98

Note 16 Summarized Financial Information of BlackRock

   99

Note 17 Legal Proceedings

   99

Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees

   100

Note 19 Segment Reporting

   102

Note 20 Subsequent Event

   104

Statistical Information (Unaudited)

  

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

   105-106

Item 2.         Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

  

Financial Review

  

Consolidated Financial Highlights

   1-2

Executive Summary

   3

Consolidated Income Statement Review

   8

Consolidated Balance Sheet Review

   11

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities

   21

Fair Value Measurements

   26

Business Segments Review

   28

Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments

   40

Status Of Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

   41

Risk Management

   42

Internal Controls And Disclosure Controls And Procedures

   52

Glossary Of Terms

   52

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

   55

Item 3.         Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

   42-51
and
90-95

Item 4.        Controls and Procedures.

   52

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

  

Item 1.        Legal Proceedings.

   107

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

   107

Item 2.         Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities And Use Of Proceeds.

   107

Item 6.        Exhibits.

   107

Exhibit Index.

   107

Signature

   107

Corporate Information

   108


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Dollars in millions, except per share data    Three months ended March 31    
Unaudited        2010             2009      

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE (a)

      

Revenue

      

Net interest income

   $ 2,379      $ 2,320   

Noninterest income

     1,384        1,366   

Total revenue

     3,763        3,686   

Noninterest expense

     2,113        2,158   

Pretax, pre-provision earnings (b)

   $ 1,650      $ 1,528   

Provision for credit losses

   $ 751      $ 880   

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

   $ 648      $ 520   

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (c)

   $ 23      $ 10   

Net income

   $ 671      $ 530   
Net income attributable to common shareholders    $ 333      $ 460   

Diluted earnings per common share

      

Continuing operations

   $ .61      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations (c)

     .05        .02   

Net income

   $ .66      $ 1.03   

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ .10      $ .66   

Total preferred dividends declared

   $ 93      $ 51   

TARP Capital Purchase Program preferred dividends (d)

   $ 89      $ 47   

Impact of TARP Capital Purchase Program preferred dividends per diluted common share

   $ .18      $ .11   

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

From continuing operations

      

Noninterest income to total revenue

     37     37

Efficiency (e)

     56        59   

From net income

      

Net interest margin (f)

     4.24     3.81

Return on:

      

Average common shareholders’ equity

     5.37        10.23   

Average assets

     1.02        .77   

See page 52 for a glossary of certain terms used in this Report.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements.

(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Income Statement Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) PNC believes that pre-tax, pre-provision earnings, a non-GAAP measure, is useful as a tool to help evaluate its ability to provide for credit costs through operations.
(c) Includes results of operations for PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. See Pending Sale of PNC Global Investment Servicing in the Executive Summary section of the Financial Review section of this Report and Note 2 Divestiture in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.
(d) PNC redeemed the Series N (TARP) Preferred Stock on February 10, 2010.
(e) Calculated as noninterest expense divided by total revenue.
(f) Calculated as annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from Federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of margins for all earning assets, we use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP in the Consolidated Income Statement. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 were $18 million and $15 million, respectively.

 

1


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) (a)

 

Unaudited    March 31
2010
    December 31
2009
    March 31
2009
 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (dollars in millions, except per share data)

        

Assets

   $ 265,396      $ 269,863      $ 286,422   

Loans

     157,266        157,543        171,373   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     5,319        5,072        4,299   

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     607        4,488        14,783   

Investment securities

     57,606        56,027        46,253   

Loans held for sale

     2,691        2,539        4,045   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     12,714        12,909        12,178   

Equity investments

     10,256        10,254        8,215   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     43,122        44,384        40,610   

Interest-bearing deposits

     139,401        142,538        154,025   

Total deposits

     182,523        186,922        194,635   

Transaction deposits

     126,420        126,244        118,869   

Borrowed funds

     42,461        39,261        48,459   

Shareholders’ equity

     26,818        29,942        26,477   

Common shareholders’ equity

     26,466        22,011        18,546   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     1,288        1,962        3,289   

Book value per common share

     50.32        47.68        41.67   

Common shares outstanding (millions)

     526        462        445   

Loans to deposits

     86     84     88
 

ASSETS UNDER ADMINISTRATION (billions)

        

Discretionary assets under management

   $ 105      $ 103      $ 96   

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

     104        102        120   

Total assets under administration

   $ 209      $ 205      $ 216   
 
CAPITAL RATIOS         

Tier 1 risk-based (b)

     10.3     11.4     10.0

Tier 1 common

     7.9        6.0        4.9   

Total risk-based (b)

     13.9        15.0        13.6   

Leverage (b)

     8.8        10.1        8.9   

Common shareholders’ equity to assets

     10.0        8.2        6.5   
 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS         

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     3.66     3.60     1.73

Nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed and other assets

     4.14        3.99        2.05   

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     2.46        2.34        1.23   

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the three months ended) (annualized)

     1.77        2.09        1.01   

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     3.38        3.22        2.51   

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans

     92        89        145   
(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) The regulatory minimums are 4.0% for Tier 1, 8.0% for Total, and 4.0% for Leverage ratios. The well-capitalized levels are 6.0% for Tier 1, 10.0% for Total, and 5.0% for Leverage ratios.

 

2


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

This Financial Review, including the Consolidated Financial Highlights, should be read together with our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and unaudited Statistical Information included elsewhere in this Report and with Items 6, 7, 8 and 9A of our 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2009 Form 10-K). We have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements. For information regarding certain business and regulatory risks, see the Risk Management section in this Financial Review and Items 1A and 7 of our 2009 Form 10-K and Item 1A included in Part II of this Report. Also, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information and Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments sections in this Financial Review for certain other factors that could cause actual results or future events to differ, perhaps materially, from historical performance and those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this Report. See Note 19 Segment Reporting in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to total PNC consolidated net income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests as reported on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, residential mortgage banking and global investment servicing, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Florida, Virginia, Missouri, Delaware, Washington, D.C., and Wisconsin. PNC also provides certain products and services internationally.

REPURCHASE OF OUTSTANDING TARP PREFERRED STOCK

As further described in our 2009 Form 10-K, on December 31, 2008, we issued $7.6 billion of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series N (Series N Preferred Stock), and a related warrant for common stock to the US Department of the Treasury (US Treasury) under the US Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program.

As approved by the Federal Reserve Board, the US Treasury and our other banking regulators, on February 10, 2010, we redeemed all 75,792 shares of our Series N Preferred Stock held by the US Treasury for $7.6 billion in cash. We used the net proceeds from our February 2010 common stock and senior notes offerings, described further in the Liquidity Risk Management section of this Financial Review, and other available funds to redeem the Series N Preferred Stock.

Dividends of $89 million were paid on February 10, 2010 when the Series N Preferred Stock was redeemed. PNC paid total dividends of $421 million to the US Treasury while the Series N Preferred Stock was outstanding.

 

We did not exercise our right to seek to repurchase the related warrant at the time we redeemed the Series N Preferred Stock. See Note 20 Subsequent Event in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report regarding the May 2010 exchange of this warrant for 16,885,192 warrants, each to purchase one share of PNC common stock, and the sale of such warrants by the US Treasury in a secondary public offering.

PENDING SALE OF PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

On February 2, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. (GIS), a leading provider of processing, technology and business intelligence services to asset managers, broker-dealers and financial advisors worldwide, for $2.3 billion in cash. Upon completion of the sale, we expect to report an after-tax gain of approximately $455 million.

We currently anticipate closing the transaction in the third quarter of 2010. Completion of the transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and certain other closing conditions. If the sale of GIS is not completed by November 1, 2010, we will be required, on or before that date, to raise $700 million in additional Tier 1 common capital. We would do this either through the sale of assets approved by the Federal Reserve Board and/or through the issuance of additional common stock.

Results of operations of GIS are presented as income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, on our Consolidated Income Statement for the periods presented in this Report. Further information regarding the pending sale of GIS is included in Note 2 Divestiture in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report and in Item 1A Risk Factors in our 2009 Form 10-K. As a result of its pending sale, GIS is no longer a reportable business segment.

NATIONAL CITY INTEGRATION COSTS

We expect to incur pretax merger and integration costs in 2010 of approximately $285 million in connection with our


 

3


Table of Contents

December 31, 2008 acquisition of National City Corporation (National City), including $113 million recognized in the first quarter of 2010. We recognized National City-related pretax merger and integration costs of $421 million in 2009, including $52 million in the first quarter, and $575 million pretax in the fourth quarter of 2008. The transaction is expected to result in the reduction of more than $1.5 billion of combined company annualized noninterest expense through the elimination of operational and administrative redundancies.

We continue to integrate the businesses and operations of National City with those of PNC.

KEY STRATEGIC GOALS

We manage our company for the long term and are focused on re-establishing a moderate risk profile while maintaining strong capital and liquidity positions, investing in our markets and products, and embracing our corporate responsibility to the communities where we do business.

Our strategy to enhance shareholder value centers on driving pre-tax, pre-provision earnings in excess of credit costs by achieving growth in revenue from our balance sheet and diverse business mix that exceeds growth in expenses controlled through disciplined cost management. The primary drivers of revenue growth are the acquisition, expansion and retention of customer relationships. We strive to expand our customer base by offering convenient banking options and leading technology solutions, providing a broad range of fee-based and credit products and services, focusing on customer service, and through a significantly enhanced branding initiative. We may also grow revenue through appropriate and targeted acquisitions and, in certain businesses, by expanding into new geographical markets.

We are focused on our strategies for quality growth. We are committed to re-establishing a moderate risk profile characterized by disciplined credit management and limited exposure to earnings volatility resulting from interest rate fluctuations and the shape of the interest rate yield curve. We made substantial progress in transitioning our balance sheet throughout 2009 and in the first quarter of 2010, working to institute our moderate risk philosophy throughout our expanded franchise. Our actions have created a well-positioned balance sheet, strong bank level liquidity and investment flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

We also continue to be focused on building capital in the current environment characterized by economic and regulatory uncertainty. See the Funding and Capital Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section and the Liquidity Risk Management section of this Financial Review.

 

RECENT MARKET AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

Since the middle of 2007 and with a heightened level of activity during 2008 and 2009, there has been unprecedented turmoil, volatility and illiquidity in worldwide financial markets, accompanied by uncertain prospects for sustaining the moderate economic recovery that began last year. In addition, there have been dramatic changes in the competitive landscape of the financial services industry during this time.

Items 1 and 7 of our 2009 Form 10-K include information regarding efforts over the past 18 months by the Federal government, including the US Congress, the US Department of the Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and the Securities and Exchange Commission, to stabilize and restore confidence in the financial services industry that have impacted and will likely continue to impact PNC and our stakeholders. These efforts, which will continue to evolve, include the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and other legislative, administrative and regulatory initiatives, including the US Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) and the Federal Reserve’s Commercial Paper Funding Facility (CPFF).

Developments during the first quarter of 2010 related to these matters are summarized below.

TARP Capital Purchase Program

See Repurchase of Outstanding TARP Preferred Stock above and Note 14 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program

The FDIC’s TLGP is designed to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system by:

   

Guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of eligible institutions, including FDIC-insured banks and thrifts, as well as certain holding companies (TLGP-Debt Guarantee Program), and

   

Providing full deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction accounts in FDIC-insured institutions, regardless of the dollar amount (TLGP -Transaction Account Guarantee Program).

PNC did not issue any securities under the TLGP-Debt Guarantee Program during the first quarter of 2010.

From October 14, 2008 through December 31, 2009, PNC Bank, National Association (PNC Bank, N.A.) participated in the TLGP-Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Beginning January 1, 2010, PNC Bank, N.A. is no longer participating in this program.


 

4


Table of Contents

Federal Reserve Commercial Paper Funding Facility (CPFF)

The CPFF commitment to purchase up to $5.4 billion of Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street) three-month commercial paper expired on February 1, 2010. Market Street had no borrowings under this facility in January 2010.

Public-Private Investment Fund Programs (PPIFs)

PNC did not participate in these programs during the first quarter of 2010 and is determining to what extent, if any, it will participate in these programs in the future.

Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP)

As previously reported, PNC began participating in HAMP for GSE mortgages in May 2009 and for non-GSE mortgages in July 2009, and is evaluating participation in the Second Lien Program. This program is scheduled to terminate as of December 31, 2012.

Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP)

As previously reported, PNC began participating in HARP in May 2009. The program is scheduled to terminate as of June 10, 2010.

In June 2009 the US Treasury issued a report entitled “Financial Regulatory Reform: A New Foundation” which outlined five key objectives:

   

Promote robust supervision and regulation of financial firms,

   

Establish comprehensive supervision of financial markets,

   

Protect consumers and investors from financial abuse,

   

Provide the US government with the tools it needs to manage financial crises, and

   

Raise international regulatory standards and improve international cooperation.

To implement the proposals set forth in the US Treasury report, as well as to provide economic stimulus and financial market stability and to enhance the liquidity and solvency of financial institutions and markets, the US Congress and federal banking agencies have announced, and are continuing to develop, additional legislation, regulations and programs. These proposals include changes in or additions to the statutes or regulations related to existing programs, including those described above.

The current regulatory environment remains uncertain and we expect greater reforms and additional regulatory changes. While we believe that we are well positioned to navigate through this process, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of these actions on PNC’s business plans and strategies.

KEY FACTORS AFFECTING FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Our financial performance is substantially affected by several external factors outside of our control including the following:

   

General economic conditions, including the speed and stamina of the moderate economic recovery that began last year,

   

The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

   

The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, the capital and other financial markets,

   

Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and asset quality,

   

Customer demand for other products and services,

   

Changes in the competitive and regulatory landscape and in counterparty creditworthiness and performance as the financial services industry restructures in the current environment,

   

The impact of legislative, regulatory and administrative initiatives, including those outlined above, and

   

The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations.

In addition, our success will depend, among other things, upon:

   

Further success in the acquisition, growth and retention of customers,

   

Progress toward completion of the integration of the National City acquisition,

   

The timely closing of our planned 2010 sale of GIS,

   

Continued development of the geographic markets related to our recent acquisitions, including full deployment of our product offerings,

   

Revenue growth,

   

A sustained focus on expense management, including achieving our cost savings targets associated with our National City integration, and creating positive pre-tax, pre-provision earnings,

   

Managing the distressed assets portfolio and other impaired assets,

   

Improving our overall asset quality and continuing to meet evolving regulatory capital standards,

   

Continuing to maintain and grow our deposit base as a low-cost funding source,

   

Prudent risk and capital management leading to re-establishing our desired moderate risk profile, and

   

Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets.

SUMMARY FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

     Three months ended
March 31
 
      2010     2009  

Net income, in millions

   $ 671      $ 530   

Diluted earnings per common share

      

Continuing operations

   $ .61      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations

     .05        .02   

Net income

   $ .66      $ 1.03   

Return from net income on:

      

Average common shareholders’ equity

     5.37     10.23

Average assets

     1.02     .77

 

5


Table of Contents

Highlights of the first quarter of 2010 included the following:

   

We remain committed to responsible lending to support economic growth. Loans and commitments originated and renewed totaled approximately $32 billion in the first quarter. Since its inception, we have funded approximately 3,200 refinances totaling $.6 billion through HARP, and we have sent approximately 80,700 solicitations to eligible borrowers under HAMP through March 31, 2010. Trial Modification Plan offers under HAMP have been extended to approximately 21,700 eligible borrowers.

   

Loans totaled $157 billion at March 31, 2010 and decreased a nominal $.3 billion since year end. An increase in loans of $3.5 billion from consolidating Market Street, a variable interest entity, and the securitized credit card portfolio was offset by soft customer loan demand combined with loan repayments and payoffs in the distressed assets portfolio.

   

Deposits declined by $4.4 billion or 2% since year end as we continued to reduce nonrelationship certificates of deposit and other time deposits and effectively managed deposit pricing, reducing the rate paid on deposits to .81% in the first quarter of 2010 from .93% in the fourth quarter of 2009.

   

We remained core funded with a loan to deposit ratio of 86% at March 31, 2010, providing a strong bank liquidity position to support growth and stability.

   

Pretax pre-provision earnings of $1.7 billion were more than double the provision for credit losses of $.8 billion in the first quarter of 2010 driven by well-diversified revenue performance, exceptional expense management and reduced credit costs.

   

Total revenue was $3.8 billion for the quarter and reflected strong net interest income of $2.4 billion due to the benefit of deposit repricing. The net interest margin increased 19 basis points to 4.24% compared with the fourth quarter of 2009 due to the impact of deposit repricing and a reduction in low-rate interest-earning deposits with banks.

   

Expenses of $2.1 billion in the first quarter declined 4% compared with the linked quarter reflecting further progress in integrating the National City acquisition.

   

We expect to exceed our overall annualized cost savings goal related to the National City acquisition of $1.5 billion by the fourth quarter of 2010. This is $300 million higher and six months earlier than originally anticipated. As of mid-April 2010, we had successfully completed the conversion of more than 4 million customers at over 1,000 National City branches to the PNC platform. Remaining branch conversions are scheduled to be completed in June 2010.

   

The pace of credit quality deterioration during the first quarter continued to ease. Nonperforming assets

   

increased $.2 billion from year end 2009 to $6.5 billion as of March 31, 2010, a lower increase compared with $.7 billion in the fourth quarter. Loan loss reserves increased by 5% primarily due to the consolidation of the securitized credit card portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses was increased to $5.3 billion, or 3.38% of total loans, as of March 31, 2010.

   

Common capital was strengthened during the first quarter with a $3.4 billion common equity offering. The Tier 1 common equity ratio increased by 190 basis points to 7.9% at March 31, 2010 from 6.0% at December 31, 2009. On a pro forma basis at March 31, 2010, our Tier 1 common capital ratio would have been an estimated 8.6% based on completion of the sale of GIS.

Our Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review sections of this Financial Review describe in greater detail the various items that impacted our results for the first quarters of 2010 and 2009.

AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

Various seasonal and other factors impact our period-end balances whereas average balances are generally more indicative of underlying business trends apart from the impact of acquisitions, divestitures or consolidations of variable interest entities.

The Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review provides information on changes in selected Consolidated Balance Sheet categories at March 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009.

Total average assets were $267.1 billion for the first three months of 2010 compared with $280.9 billion for the first three months of 2009.

Average interest-earning assets were $227.0 billion for the first quarter of 2010, compared with $244.2 billion in the first quarter of 2009. A decrease of $15.0 billion in loans was reflected in the decrease in average interest-earning assets.

Average noninterest-earning assets totaled $40.2 billion in the first three months of 2010 compared with $36.6 billion in the prior year period.

The decrease in average total loans reflected a decline in commercial loans of $11.8 billion and commercial real estate loans of $3.2 billion. Loans represented 70% of average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2010 and 71% for the first three months of 2009.

Average securities available for sale increased $4.5 billion, to $50.7 billion, in the first quarter of 2010 compared with the first quarter of 2009. Average US Treasury and government agencies securities increased $6.3 billion compared with the


 

6


Table of Contents

first three months of 2009. Average commercial mortgage-backed securities increased $1.1 billion and average other debt securities increased $1.2 billion in the comparison. These increases were partially offset by a decline of $4.1 billion in average residential mortgage-backed securities compared with the prior year period.

Average securities held to maturity increased $2.5 billion, to $5.9 billion, in the first three months of 2010 compared with the first three months of 2009.

Total investment securities comprised 25% of average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2010 and 20% for the first three months of 2009.

Average total deposits were $183.1 billion for the first quarter of 2010 compared with $192.2 billion for the first quarter of 2009. Average deposits declined from the prior year period primarily as a result of decreases in retail certificates of deposit and other time deposits, which were partially offset by increases in money market balances, demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits. Average total deposits represented 69% of average total assets for the first three months of 2010 and 68% for the first three months of 2009.

Average transaction deposits were $125.2 billion for the first three months of 2010 compared with $113.5 billion for the first three months of 2009.

Average borrowed funds were $42.3 billion for the first quarter of 2010 compared with $47.9 billion for the first quarter of 2009.

LINE OF BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

We have six reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Total business segment earnings were $654 million for the first three months of 2010 and $701 million for the first three months of 2009. Highlights of results for the first three months of 2010 and 2009 are included below. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes a Results of Business-Summary table and further analysis of our business segment results over these periods including presentation differences from Note 19 Segment Reporting.

We provide a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to PNC consolidated income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests as reported on a GAAP basis in Note 19 Segment Reporting.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking earned $24 million for the quarter compared with earnings of $50 million for the year-ago quarter. Earnings declined from the prior year quarter as a result of

increased credit costs, lower interest credits assigned to deposits, and a decline in fees which were partially offset by well managed expenses. Retail Banking continued to maintain its focus on growing customers and deposits, customer and employee satisfaction, investing in the business for future growth, as well as disciplined expense management during this period of market and economic uncertainty.

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $360 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $359 million in the first quarter of 2009. Earnings were flat as a decrease in net interest income was offset by higher noninterest income and a lower provision for credit losses.

Asset Management Group

Asset Management Group earned $39 million for the first quarters of 2010 and 2009. Assets under administration were $209 billion at March 31, 2010. The quarter reflected higher noninterest income, lower provision for credit losses, and lower expenses from disciplined expense management. These improvements offset a decrease in net interest income from lower yields on loans in the first quarter of 2010.

Residential Mortgage Banking

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $82 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared with $227 million in the first quarter of 2009. Earnings decreased from the first quarter of 2009 primarily due to lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights and reduced loan sales revenue.

BlackRock

Our BlackRock business segment earned $77 million in the first three months of 2010 and $23 million in the first three months of 2009. Improved capital market conditions and the impact of BlackRock’s December 2009 acquisition of Barclays Global Investors (BGI) contributed to higher earnings at BlackRock.

Distressed Assets Portfolio

The Distressed Assets Portfolio had earnings of $72 million for the first three months of 2010, compared to $3 million for the first three months of 2009. Earnings improved primarily due to lower provision for credit losses and lower noninterest expense.

Other

“Other” reported a net loss of $6 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with a net loss of $181 million for the first three months of 2009. The higher loss for the 2009 period reflected the after-tax impact in 2009 of higher other-than-temporary impairment charges compared with 2010 and alternative investment writedowns and equity management losses, which more than offset the impact of higher National City-related integration costs in the first quarter of 2010. Higher net gains on sales of securities in the first quarter of 2010 compared with the prior year first quarter also contributed to the smaller loss in the 2010 period.


 

7


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Net income for the first three months of 2010 was $671 million compared with $530 million for the first three months of 2009. Total revenue for the first three months of 2010 was $3.8 billion compared with $3.7 billion for the first three months of 2009. We expect total revenue for full year 2010 to be relatively stable with the level for full year 2009 apart from the impact of the $1.1 billion gain we recognized in the fourth quarter of 2009 in connection with BlackRock’s acquisition of BGI.

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

 

     Three months ended
March 31
 
Dollars in millions    2010     2009  

Net interest income

   $ 2,379      $ 2,320   

Net interest margin

     4.24     3.81

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis section of this Report for additional information.

The increase in net interest income and net interest margin for the first quarter of 2010 compared with the first quarter of 2009 reflected our successful deposit pricing strategy as well as the benefit to the margin of a reduction in low-rate interest-earning deposits with banks. Our deposit strategy included the retention and repricing at lower rates of relationship-based certificates of deposit and the planned run off of maturing non-relationship certificates of deposit.

We have approximately $19 billion of certificates of deposit with an average rate of 2.4% that are scheduled to mature during the remainder of 2010. Assuming interest rates stay low, we believe that we will continue to reprice these deposits and lower our funding costs even further. We expect to retain approximately 80% of our relationship-based CDs in 2010, which is comparable with our first quarter 2010 results. This assumes our current expectations for interest rates and economic conditions – we include our current economic assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements in the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section of this Financial Review.

 

The net interest margin was 4.24% for the first three months of 2010 and 3.81% for the first three months of 2009. The following factors impacted the comparison:

   

A decrease in the rate accrued on interest-bearing liabilities of 75 basis points. The rate accrued on interest-bearing deposits, the largest component, decreased 63 basis points.

   

These factors were partially offset by a 21 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The yield on loans, which represented the largest portion of our earning assets in the first three months of 2010, decreased 22 basis points.

   

In addition, the impact of noninterest-bearing sources of funding decreased 11 basis points primarily due to the decline in interest rates.

For comparing to the broader market, the average Federal funds rate was .14% for the first quarter of 2010 compared with ..19% for the first quarter of 2009. We expect that net interest income and margin will remain relatively flat at least through the first half of 2010.

NONINTEREST INCOME

Summary

Noninterest income totaled $1.384 billion for the first three months of 2010, compared with $1.366 billion for the first three months of 2009.

Noninterest income was essentially flat compared with the prior year first quarter as higher asset management and corporate service fees and an increase in the net effect of net securities gains and other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on securities were substantially offset by declines in revenue related to residential mortgage servicing activities, consumer service fees and service charges on deposits.

Additional Analysis

Asset management revenue increased $70 million to $259 million in the first three months of 2010 compared with the first three months of 2009. This increase reflected improving equity markets and client growth. Assets managed at March 31, 2010 totaled $105 billion compared with $96 billion at March 31, 2009. Higher equity earnings from our BlackRock investment also contributed to the improved first quarter results.

For the first quarter of 2010, consumer services fees totaled $296 million compared with $316 million in the first quarter of 2009. Lower consumer service fees in the 2010 quarter resulted from lower brokerage fees and the impact of the consolidation of the securitized credit card portfolio partially offset by higher volume-related transaction fees.

Corporate services revenue totaled $268 million in the first three months of 2010 and $245 million in the first three months of 2009. The increase in the comparison was primarily


 

8


Table of Contents

due to higher commercial mortgage special servicing ancillary income. Corporate services fees include the noninterest component of treasury management fees, which continued to be a strong contributor to revenue.

Residential mortgage revenue totaled $147 million in the first quarter of 2010 and $431 million in the first quarter of 2009. The decline compared with the first quarter of 2009 was due to lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights and reduced loan sales revenue related to strong loan origination refinance volume in the first quarter of 2009.

Service charges on deposits totaled $200 million for the first three months of 2010 and $224 million for the first three months of 2009. The decrease in the comparison was due to required branch divestitures and lower overdraft charges.

Net gains on sales of securities totaled $90 million for the first quarter of 2010 and $56 million for the first quarter of 2009. The net credit component of OTTI of securities recognized in earnings was a loss of $116 million in the first quarter of 2010, compared with a loss of $149 million in the first quarter of 2009.

Other noninterest income totaled $240 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with $54 million for the first three months of 2009. The first quarter of 2010 included trading income of $58 million and net gains on private equity and alternative investments of $57 million.

Other noninterest income for the first three months of 2009 included gains of $103 million related to our equity investment in BlackRock and net losses on private equity and alternative investments of $122 million.

Other noninterest income typically fluctuates from period to period depending on the nature and magnitude of transactions completed. Further details regarding our trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review, further details regarding private equity and alternative investments are included in the Market Risk Management-Equity And Other Investment Risk section and further details regarding gains or losses related to our equity investment in BlackRock are included in the Business Segments Review section.

We believe that as the economy recovers, there are greater opportunities for growth in client-related fee-based income. We also expect that the conversions of National City branches to the PNC platform this quarter, and those completed in April 2010 and the remaining branch conversions scheduled for June 2010, will create more product cross-selling opportunities.

 

PRODUCT REVENUE

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management and capital markets-related products and services and commercial mortgage banking activities, that are marketed by several businesses to commercial and retail customers.

Treasury management revenue, which includes fees as well as net interest income from customer deposit balances, totaled $298 million for the first three months of 2010 and $276 million for the first three months of 2009. This increase was primarily related to deposit growth and continued growth in legacy offerings such as purchasing cards and services provided to the Federal government and healthcare customers.

Revenue from capital markets-related products and services totaled $164 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $43 million in the first quarter of 2009. The increase was primarily due to a benefit from reduced impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions, higher underwriting revenue and an increase in merger and acquisition advisory fees.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (including net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services), and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans intended for sale and related hedges (including loan origination fees, net interest income, valuation adjustments and gains or losses on sales).

Commercial mortgage banking activities resulted in revenue of $115 million in the first three months of 2010 compared with $94 million in the first three months of 2009. The increase in the comparison was due to a reduction in reserves for the DUS lending program and higher special servicing ancillary income which more than offset decreases in net valuation gains and net interest income on the held for sale portfolio.


 

9


Table of Contents

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses totaled $751 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with $880 million for the first three months of 2009. The lower provision in the 2010 period reflected economic factors that are beginning to stabilize.

The Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding factors impacting the provision for credit losses.

We believe that our provision for credit losses may have peaked in the fourth quarter of 2009 and that our provision for full year 2010 will be below the provision for 2009. Future provision levels will depend primarily on the level of nonperforming loans, our related coverage ratios, the pace of economic recovery and the nature of regulatory reforms.

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Noninterest expense for the first three months of 2010 was $2.113 billion compared with $2.158 billion in the first three months of 2009, a decline of 2%. Lower noninterest expense in the first three months of 2010 was primarily due to the impact of higher cost savings related to the National City acquisition.

Integration costs included in noninterest expense totaled $102 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $52 million in the first quarter of 2009.

Annualized National City acquisition cost savings of approximately $1.4 billion were realized by the first quarter of 2010. We expect to exceed our overall annualized cost savings goal related to the National City acquisition of $1.5 billion by the fourth quarter of 2010. This is $300 million higher and six months earlier than originally anticipated.

EFFECTIVE TAX RATE

The effective tax rate was 27.9% in the first quarter of 2010 compared with 19.8% in the first quarter of 2009. The effective tax rate was lower in the first quarter of 2009 primarily as a result of relatively equal levels of favorable permanent differences (tax exempt income, tax credits and dividend received deductions) on lower pretax income in 2009. We anticipate that the effective tax rate will be approximately 27% for the remainder of 2010, excluding the impact of the anticipated gain on the pending sale of GIS.


 

10


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

SUMMARIZED BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

In millions    March 31
2010
  

Dec. 31

2009

Assets

       

Loans

   $ 157,266    $ 157,543

Investment securities

     57,606      56,027

Cash and short-term investments

     7,132      13,290

Loans held for sale

     2,691      2,539

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     12,714      12,909

Equity investments

     10,256      10,254

Other

     17,731      17,301

Total assets

   $ 265,396    $ 269,863

Liabilities

       

Deposits

   $ 182,523    $ 186,922

Borrowed funds

     42,461      39,261

Other

     10,978      11,113

Total liabilities

     235,962      237,296

Total shareholders’ equity

     26,818      29,942

Noncontrolling interests

     2,616      2,625

Total equity

     29,434      32,567

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 265,396    $ 269,863

The summarized balance sheet data above is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

The decline in total assets at March 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009 was primarily due to lower interest-earning deposits with banks. Total assets at March 31, 2010 included $5.2 billion of assets related to Market Street and a credit card securitization trust as more fully described in the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities section of this Financial Review and Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

An analysis of changes in selected balance sheet categories follows.

LOANS

A summary of the major categories of loans outstanding follows. Outstanding loan balances reflect unearned income, unamortized discount and premium, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $3.0 billion at March 31, 2010 and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2009, respectively. The balances do not include accretable net interest on the purchased impaired loans.

Loans decreased $.3 billion, or less than 1%, as of March 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009. An increase in loans of $3.5 billion from consolidating Market Street and the securitized credit card portfolio was offset by soft customer loan demand combined with loan repayments and payoffs in the distressed assets portfolio.

 

Loans represented 59% of total assets at March 31, 2010 and 58% of total assets at December 31, 2009. Commercial lending represented 53% of the loan portfolio and consumer lending represented 47% at March 31, 2010.

Details Of Loans

 

In millions    March 31
2010
  

Dec. 31

2009

Commercial

       

Retail/wholesale

   $ 9,557    $ 9,515

Manufacturing

     9,863      9,880

Other service providers

     8,528      8,256

Real estate related (a)

     7,379      7,403

Financial services

     4,654      3,874

Health care

     2,998      2,970

Other

     11,724      12,920

Total commercial

     54,703      54,818

Commercial real estate

       

Real estate projects

     14,535      15,582

Commercial mortgage

     7,415      7,549

Total commercial real estate

     21,950      23,131

Equipment lease financing

     6,111      6,202

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     82,764      84,151

Consumer

       

Home equity

       

Lines of credit

     24,040      24,236

Installment

     11,390      11,711

Education

     8,320      7,468

Automobile

     2,206      2,013

Credit card and other unsecured lines of credit

     4,962      3,536

Other

     4,316      4,618

Total consumer

     55,234      53,582

Residential real estate

       

Residential mortgage

     17,599      18,190

Residential construction

     1,669      1,620

Total residential real estate

     19,268      19,810

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     74,502      73,392

Total loans

   $ 157,266    $ 157,543
(a) Includes loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Total loans in the table above include purchased impaired loans related to National City, adjusted to reflect additional loan impairments effective December 31, 2008, amounting to $9.7 billion, or 6% of total loans, at March 31, 2010, and $10.3 billion, or 7% of total loans, at December 31, 2009.

We are committed to providing credit and liquidity to qualified borrowers. Total loan originations and new commitments and renewals totaled $32 billion for the first quarter of 2010, including originations for first mortgages of $2 billion.

Our loan portfolio continued to be diversified among numerous industries and types of businesses. The loans that we hold are also concentrated in, and diversified across, our principal geographic markets.


 

11


Table of Contents

Commercial lending is the largest category and is the most sensitive to changes in assumptions and judgments underlying the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. We have allocated $3.3 billion, or 62%, of the total allowance for loan and lease losses at March 31, 2010 to these loans. We allocated $2.0 billion, or 38%, of the total allowance at that date to consumer lending. This allocation also considers other relevant factors such as:

   

Actual versus estimated losses,

   

Regional and national economic conditions,

   

Business segment and portfolio concentrations,

   

Industry conditions,

   

The impact of government regulations, and

   

Risk of potential estimation or judgmental errors, including the accuracy of risk ratings.

Higher Risk Loans

Our loan portfolio contains higher risk loans that are more likely to result in credit losses. We established specific and pooled reserves on the total commercial lending category, including higher risk loans, of $3.3 billion at March 31, 2010. This represented 62% of the total allowance for loan and lease losses of $5.3 billion at that date. The remaining 38% of the allowance for loan and lease losses pertained to the total consumer lending category. This category of loans is more homogenous in nature and has certain characteristics that can be assessed at a total portfolio level in terms of loans representing higher risk. We do not consider government insured/government guaranteed loans to be higher risk as we do not believe these loans will result in a significant loss because of their structure. These loans are excluded from the following assessment of higher risk loans.

Our home equity lines of credit and installment loans outstanding totaled $35.4 billion at March 31, 2010. In this portfolio, we consider the higher risk loans to be those with a recent FICO credit score of less than or equal to 660 and a loan-to-value ratio greater than 90%. Such loans totaled $1.2 billion or approximately 3% of the total home equity line and installment loans at March 31, 2010. These higher risk loans were concentrated in our geographic footprint with 28% in Pennsylvania, 14% in Ohio, 11% in New Jersey, 7% in Illinois, and 6% in Michigan, with the remaining loans dispersed across several other states. Option ARM loans and

negative amortization loans in this portfolio were not significant. Within the higher risk home equity portfolio, approximately 11% are in some stage of delinquency and 6% are in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status.

In our $17.6 billion residential mortgage portfolio, loans with a recent FICO credit score of less than or equal to 660 and a loan-to-value ratio greater than 90% totaled $.8 billion and comprised approximately 5% of this portfolio at March 31, 2010. Twenty-one percent of the higher risk loans are located in California, 14% in Florida, 11% in Illinois, 8% in Maryland, 5% in Pennsylvania, and 5% in New Jersey, with the remaining loans dispersed across several other states. Option ARM loans and negative amortization loans in this portfolio were not significant. Within the higher risk residential mortgage portfolio of $.8 billion, approximately 48% are in some stage of delinquency and 37% are in 90+ days late stage delinquency status.

Within our home equity lines of credit, installment loans and residential mortgage portfolios, approximately 5% of the aggregate $53.0 billion loan outstandings have loan-to-value ratios in excess of 100%. The impact of housing price depreciation is reflected in the allowance for loans and lease losses as a result of the consumer reserve methodology process. The consumer reserve process is sensitive to collateral values which in turn affect loan loss severity. While our consumer reserve methodology strives to reflect all significant risk factors, there is an element of uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information such as housing price depreciation. We provide additional reserves where appropriate to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks.

We obtain updated property values annually for select residential mortgage loan portfolios. We are expanding this valuation process to update the property values on the majority of our real estate secured consumer loan portfolios.

Information related to purchased impaired loans, purchase accounting accretion and accretable net interest recognized during the first quarter of 2010 in connection with our acquisition of National City follows.


 

12


Table of Contents

Valuation of FASB ASC 310-30 Purchased Impaired Loans

 

     December 31, 2008      December 31, 2009      March 31, 2010  
Dollars in billions    Balance      Net
Investment
     Balance      Net
Investment
     Balance     Net
Investment
 

Commercial and commercial real estate loans:

                  

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 6.3          $ 3.5          $ 2.9       

Purchase impaired mark

     (3.4         (1.3         (1.0    

Recorded investment

     2.9            2.2            1.9       

Allowance for loan losses

                 (.2         (.3    

Net investment

     2.9       46      2.0       57      1.6      55

Consumer and residential mortgage loans:

                  

Unpaid principal balance

     15.6            11.7            10.6       

Purchase impaired mark

     (5.8         (3.6         (2.8    

Recorded investment

     9.8            8.1            7.8       

Allowance for loan losses

                 (.3         (.3    

Net investment

     9.8       63      7.8       67      7.5      71

Total FASB ASC 310-30 purchased impaired loans:

                  

Unpaid principal balance

     21.9            15.2            13.5       

Purchase impaired mark (a)

     (9.2         (4.9         (3.8    

Recorded investment

     12.7            10.3            9.7       

Allowance for loan losses

                 (.5         (.6 )(b)     

Net investment

   $ 12.7       58    $ 9.8       64    $ 9.1      67
(a) Comprised of $5.5 billion of nonaccretable and $3.7 billion of accretable at December 31, 2008, $1.4 billion of nonaccretable and $3.5 billion of accretable at December 31, 2009, and $.2 billion of nonaccretable and $3.6 billion of accretable at March 31, 2010.
(b) While additional impairment reserves of $.6 billion have been provided for further deterioration, incremental accretable interest of $1.4 billion has been reclassified since acquisition date on those purchased impaired loans with improving estimated cash flows.

 

The unpaid principal balance of purchased impaired loans declined from $21.9 billion at December 31, 2008 to $13.5 billion at March 31, 2010 due to amounts determined to be uncollectible, payoffs and disposals. The remaining purchased impaired mark at March 31, 2010 was $3.8 billion and declined from $9.2 billion at December 31, 2008 primarily due to amounts determined to be uncollectible. The net investment of $12.7 billion at December 31, 2008 declined to $9.1 billion at March 31, 2010 primarily due to payoffs, disposals and further impairment partially offset by accretion during 2009 and the first three months of 2010. At March 31, 2010, our largest purchased impaired loan was $32 million.

We currently expect to collect total cash flows of $13.3 billion on purchased impaired loans, representing the $9.7 billion recorded investment at March 31, 2010 and the accretable net interest of $3.6 billion shown in the Accretable Net Interest table that follows.

Purchase Accounting Net Interest Accretion

 

In millions    Three months
ended
March 31 2010
    Three months
ended
March 31 2009
 

Non-impaired loans

   $ 112      $ 322   

Impaired loans

     265        257   

Reversal of contractual interest on impaired loans

     (134     (223

Net impaired loans

     131        34   

Securities

     11        31   

Deposits

     167        312   

Borrowings

     (56     (85

Total

   $ 365      $ 614   

 

Cash received in excess of recorded investment from sales or payoffs of impaired commercial loans (cash recoveries) totaled $75 million for the first quarter of 2010.

Accretable Net Interest

 

In billions    Dec. 31
2008
    Dec. 31
2009
    March 31
2010
 

Non-impaired loans

   $ 2.4      $ 1.6      $ 1.5   

Impaired loans (a)

     3.7        3.5        3.6   

Total loans (gross)

     6.1        5.1        5.1   

Securities

     .2        .1        .1   

Deposits

     2.1        1.0        .9   

Borrowings

     (1.5     (1.2     (1.2

Total

   $ 6.9      $ 5.0      $ 4.9   
(a) Adjustments to accretable net interest include purchase accounting accretion, reclassifications from non-accretable to accretable interest as a result of increases in estimated cash flows, and reductions in the accretable amount as a result of the identification of additional purchased impaired loans as of the National City acquisition close date of December 31, 2008.

Accretable Net Interest – Purchased Impaired Loans

 

In billions        

January 1, 2010

   $ 3.5   

Accretion (including cash recoveries)

     (.3

Net reclassifications from non-accretable to accretable

     .5   

Disposals

     (.1

March 31, 2010

   $ 3.6   

 

13


Table of Contents
In billions        

January 1, 2009

   $ 3.7   

Accretion (including cash recoveries)

     (1.5

Adjustments resulting from changes in purchase price allocation

     .3   

Net reclassifications from non-accretable to accretable

     1.4   

Disposals

     (.3

March 31, 2010

   $ 3.6   

Net unfunded credit commitments are comprised of the following:

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions    March 31
2010
   Dec. 31
2009

Commercial / commercial real estate (a)

   $ 56,850    $ 60,143

Home equity lines of credit

     20,229      20,367

Consumer credit card and other

unsecured lines

     18,248      18,800

Other

     1,036      1,485

Total

   $ 96,363    $ 100,795
(a) Less than 3% of these amounts relate to commercial real estate.

Unfunded commitments are concentrated in our primary geographic markets. Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. Commercial commitments are reported net of participations, assignments and syndications, primarily to financial institutions, totaling $12.5 billion at March 31, 2010 and $13.2 billion at December 31, 2009.

Unfunded credit commitments related to purchased customer receivables totaled $2.8 billion at March 31, 2010. These receivables are included due to the consolidation of Market Street and are now a component of PNC’s total unfunded credit commitments. These amounts are included in the preceding table within the “Commercial / commercial real estate” category.

In addition to credit commitments, our net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $10.1 billion at March 31, 2010 and $10.0 billion at December 31, 2009. Standby letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of our customers if specified future events occur.

Unfunded liquidity facility commitments and standby bond purchase agreements totaled $545 million at March 31, 2010 and $6.2 billion at December 31, 2009 and are included in the preceding table primarily within the “Commercial / commercial real estate” category. Due to the consolidation of Market Street, $5.4 billion of unfunded liquidity facility commitments were no longer included in the amounts in the preceding table as of March 31, 2010.

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Details of Investment Securities

 

In millions    Amortized
Cost
  

Fair

Value

March 31, 2010

       

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 10,520    $ 10,539

Residential mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     22,259      22,704

Non-agency

     9,498      7,710

Commercial mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     1,179      1,202

Non-agency

     1,908      1,856

Asset-backed

     1,842      1,531

State and municipal

     1,374      1,376

Other debt

     2,180      2,224

Corporate stocks and other

     399      399

Total securities available for sale

   $ 51,159    $ 49,541

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

       

Debt securities

       

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

   $ 4,295    $ 4,506

Asset-backed

     3,761      3,850

Other debt

     9      10

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 8,065    $ 8,366

December 31, 2009

       

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 7,548    $ 7,520

Residential mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     24,076      24,438

Non-agency

     10,419      8,302

Commercial mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     1,299      1,297

Non-agency

     4,028      3,848

Asset-backed

     2,019      1,668

State and municipal

     1,346      1,350

Other debt

     1,984      2,015

Corporate stocks and other

     360      360

Total securities available for sale

   $ 53,079    $ 50,798

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

       

Debt securities

       

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

   $ 2,030    $ 2,225

Asset-backed

     3,040      3,136

Other debt

     159      160

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 5,229    $ 5,521

The carrying amount of investment securities totaled $57.6 billion at March 31, 2010 and $56.0 billion at December 31, 2009. The Market Street consolidation was the largest component of the 3% increase in investment securities since December 31, 2009. Investment securities represented 22% of total assets at March 31, 2010 and 21% of total assets at December 31, 2009.

We evaluate our portfolio of investment securities in light of changing market conditions and other factors and, where


 

14


Table of Contents

appropriate, take steps intended to improve our overall positioning. Overall, we consider the portfolio to be well-diversified and high quality. US Treasury and government agencies, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities collectively represented 60% of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2010.

During the first quarter of 2010, we transferred $2.2 billion of available for sale commercial mortgage-backed non-agency securities to the held to maturity portfolio. The transfer involved high-quality securities where management’s intent to hold changed. In reassessing the classification of these securities, management considered the potential for the fair value of the securities to be adversely impacted, even where there is no indication of credit impairment.

At March 31, 2010, the securities available for sale portfolio included a net unrealized loss of $1.6 billion, which represented the difference between fair value and amortized cost. The comparable amount at December 31, 2009 was a net unrealized loss of $2.3 billion. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase and vice versa. In addition, the fair value generally decreases when credit spreads widen and vice versa. The decline in the net unrealized loss from December 31, 2009

was primarily the result of improving fair values in non-agency residential mortgage-backed and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss from continuing operations, net of tax.

Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities do not impact liquidity or risk-based capital. However, reductions in the credit ratings of these securities would have an impact on the determination of risk-weighted assets which could reduce our regulatory capital ratios. In addition, the amount representing the credit-related portion of OTTI on available for sale securities would reduce our earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

The expected weighted-average life of investment securities (excluding corporate stocks and other) was 4.0 years at March 31, 2010 and 4.1 years at December 31, 2009.

We estimate that at March 31, 2010 the effective duration of investment securities was 2.8 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 2.4 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2009 were 2.9 years and 2.5 years, respectively.


 

15


Table of Contents

The following table provides detail regarding the vintage, current credit rating, and FICO score of the underlying collateral at origination for residential mortgage-backed, commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities held in the available for sale and held to maturity portfolios:

 

     March 31, 2010  
     Agency     Non-agency         
Dollars in millions    Residential
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Residential
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
    Asset-Backed
Securities
 

Fair Value – Available for Sale

   $ 22,704      $ 1,202      $ 7,710      $ 1,856      $ 1,531   

Fair Value – Held to Maturity

                             4,506        3,850   

Total Fair Value

   $ 22,704      $ 1,202      $ 7,710      $ 6,362      $ 5,381   

% of Fair Value:

                

By Vintage

                

2010

     11     8           4

2009

     33     56       3     27

2008

     14     2           16

2007

     9     4     18     16     18

2006

     10     10     22     33     18

2005 and earlier

     23     20     60     48     17

Total

     100     100     100     100     100

By Credit Rating

                

Agency

     100     100          

AAA

           10     88     62

AA

           6     3     9

A

           7     4     8

BBB

           9     4    

BB

           12     1     3

B

           19         2

Lower than B

           37         11

No rating

                                     5

Total

     100     100     100     100     100

By FICO Score

                

>720

           58         4

<720 and >660

           32         10

<660

                 9

No FICO score

     N/A        N/A        10     N/A        77

Total

                     100             100

 

We conduct a comprehensive security-level impairment assessment quarterly on all securities in an unrealized loss position to determine whether the loss represents OTTI. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts.

We also consider the severity of the impairment and the length of time that the security has been impaired in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Balance Sheet Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

 

We recognize the credit portion of OTTI charges in current earnings for those debt securities where there is no intent to sell and it is not more likely than not that the entity would be required to sell the security prior to expected recovery. The remaining portion of OTTI charges is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

We recognized OTTI for the first three months of 2010 and 2009 as follows:

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

 

     Three months ended
March 31
 
In millions    2010     2009  

Credit portion of OTTI losses (a)

   $ (116   $ (149

Noncredit portion of OTTI losses (b)

     (124     (537

Total OTTI losses

   $ (240   $ (686
(a) Reduction of noninterest income in our Consolidated Income Statement.
(b) Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

16


Table of Contents

Included below is detail on the net unrealized losses and OTTI credit losses recorded on non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, which represent the portfolios that have generated the majority of the OTTI losses. A summary of all OTTI credit losses recognized for the first quarter of 2010 by investment type is included in Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

 

     March 31, 2010  
In millions    Residential Mortgage-
Backed Securities
    Commercial Mortgage-
Backed Securities
   

Asset-Backed

Securities (a)

 

AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES NON-AGENCY

                     
     Fair
Value
   Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
    Fair
Value
   Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
    Fair
Value
   Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
 

By Credit Rating

                     

AAA

   $ 786    $ (85   $ 1,083    $ 21      $ 335    $ (2

Other Investment Grade (AA, A, BBB)

     1,653      (210     728      (57     317      (22

Total Investment Grade

     2,439      (295     1,811      (36     652      (24

BB

     921      (223     41      (18     118      (24

B

     1,458      (393     4      2        121      (29

Lower than B

     2,892      (877            602      (213

No Rating

                                   34      (21

Total Sub-Investment Grade

     5,271      (1,493     45      (16     875      (287

Total

   $ 7,710    $ (1,788   $ 1,856    $ (52   $ 1,527    $ (311

Investment Grade:

                     

OTTI has been recognized

   $ 166    $ (52              

No OTTI recognized to date

     2,273      (243   $ 1,811    $ (36   $ 652    $ (24

Total Investment Grade

   $ 2,439    $ (295   $ 1,811    $ (36   $ 652    $ (24

Sub-Investment Grade:

                     

OTTI has been recognized

   $ 2,862    $ (1,018          $ 559    $ (203

No OTTI recognized to date

     2,409      (475   $ 45    $ (16     316      (84

Total Sub-Investment Grade

   $ 5,271    $ (1,493   $ 45    $ (16   $ 875    $ (287

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY NON-AGENCY

                     

By Credit Rating

                     

AAA

          $ 4,506    $ 211      $ 2,975    $ 89   

Other Investment Grade (AA, A, BBB)

                                   579      5   

Total Investment Grade

                    4,506      211      $ 3,554      94   

BB

                   25      1   

B

                   3     

Lower than B

                     

No Rating

                                   254      (5

Total Sub-Investment Grade

                                   282      (4

Total

                  $ 4,506    $ 211      $ 3,836    $ 90   
(a) Table excludes $4 million and $14 million of available for sale and held to maturity agency asset-backed securities, respectively.

 

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

At March 31, 2010, our residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of $22.7 billion fair value of US government agency-backed securities and $7.7 billion fair value of non-agency (private issuer) securities. The agency securities are generally collateralized by 1-4 family, conforming, fixed-rate residential mortgages. The non-agency securities are also generally collateralized by 1-4 family residential mortgages. The mortgage loans underlying the non-agency securities are generally non-conforming (i.e., original balances in excess of the amount qualifying for agency securities) and predominately have interest rates that are fixed for a period of time, after which the rate adjusts to a floating rate based upon a contractual spread that is indexed to a market rate (i.e., a “hybrid ARM”), or interest rates that are fixed for the term of the loan.

 

Substantially all of the securities are senior tranches in the securitization structure and have credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

During the first quarter of 2010, we recorded OTTI credit losses of $73 million on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities. As of March 31, 2010, $69 million of the year-to-date credit losses related to securities rated below investment grade. As of March 31, 2010, the noncredit portion of OTTI losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities totaled $1.1 billion and the related securities had a fair value of $3.0 billion.

The fair value of sub-investment grade investment securities for which we have not recorded an OTTI credit loss as of


 

17


Table of Contents

March 31, 2010 totaled $2.4 billion, with unrealized net losses of $475 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the entire cost basis of these securities. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report provides further detail regarding our process for assessing OTTI for these securities.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

The fair value of the non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $6.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and consisted of fixed-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized by non-residential properties, primarily retail properties, office buildings, and multi-family housing. The agency commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $1.2 billion fair value at March 31, 2010 consisting of multi-family housing. Substantially all of the securities are the most senior tranches in the subordination structure.

There were no OTTI credit losses on commercial mortgage-backed securities recorded during the first quarter. The remaining fair value of the securities for which OTTI was previously recorded approximates zero. All of the previously impaired securities were rated below investment grade.

Asset-Backed Securities

The fair value of the asset-backed securities portfolio was $5.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and consisted of fixed-rate and floating-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized primarily by various consumer credit products, including residential mortgage loans, credit cards, and automobile loans. Substantially all of the securities are senior tranches in the securitization structure and have credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

During the first three months of 2010, we recorded OTTI credit losses of $43 million on asset-backed securities. All of the securities were collateralized by first and second lien residential mortgage loans and were rated below investment grade. As of March 31, 2010, the noncredit portion of OTTI losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for asset-backed securities totaled $203 million and the related securities had a fair value of $559 million.

For the sub-investment grade investment securities for which we have not recorded an OTTI loss through March 31, 2010, the remaining fair value was $598 million, with unrealized net losses of $88 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the entire cost basis

of these securities. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report provides further detail regarding our process for assessing OTTI for these securities.

If current housing and economic conditions were to continue for the foreseeable future or worsen, if market volatility and illiquidity were to continue or worsen, or if market interest rates were to increase appreciably, the valuation of our investment securities portfolio could continue to be adversely affected and we could incur additional OTTI credit losses that would impact our Consolidated Income Statement.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

 

In millions   

March 31

2010

  

Dec. 31

2009

Commercial mortgages at fair value

   $ 1,041    $ 1,050

Commercial mortgages at lower of cost or market

     275      251

Total commercial mortgages

     1,316      1,301

Residential mortgages at fair value

     1,158      1,012

Other

     217      226

Total

   $ 2,691    $ 2,539

We stopped originating certain commercial mortgage loans designated as held for sale during the first quarter of 2008 and intend to continue pursuing opportunities to reduce these positions at appropriate prices. We sold $24 million of commercial mortgage loans held for sale carried at fair value in the first three months of 2010 and sold $115 million in the first three months of 2009.

We recognized net gains of $9 million in the first three months of 2010 on the valuation and sale of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges compared with losses of $1 million in the comparable 2009 period.

Residential mortgage loan origination volume was $2.0 billion in the first quarter of 2010. Substantially all such loans were originated to agency or FHA standards. We sold $1.9 billion of loans and recognized related gains of $39 million during the first three months of 2010 compared with $6.3 billion and $175 million, respectively, for the first three months of 2009.

Net interest income on residential mortgage loans held for sale was $80 million for the first quarter of 2010 and $91 million for the first quarter of 2009.


 

18


Table of Contents

FUNDING AND CAPITAL SOURCES

Details Of Funding Sources

 

In millions    March 31
2010
  

Dec. 31

2009

Deposits

       

Money market

   $ 86,427    $ 85,838

Demand

     39,993      40,406

Retail certificates of deposit

     45,394      48,622

Savings

     6,963      6,401

Other time

     956      1,088

Time deposits in foreign offices

     2,790      4,567

Total deposits

     182,523      186,922

Borrowed funds

       

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     5,511      3,998

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     8,700      10,761

Bank notes and senior debt

     12,638      12,362

Subordinated debt

     10,001      9,907

Other

     5,611      2,233

Total borrowed funds

     42,461      39,261

Total

   $ 224,984    $ 226,183

Total funding sources decreased $1.2 billion, or 1%, at March 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009.

Total deposits decreased $4.4 billion at March 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009. Deposits decreased in the comparison due to the withdrawal of corporate client balances in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, the continued reduction of non-relationship certificates of deposit and lower time deposits in foreign offices, partially offset by increased balances of interest-bearing transaction accounts.

Interest-bearing deposits represented 76% of total deposits at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Total borrowed funds increased $3.2 billion since December 31, 2009. In February 2010, PNC Funding Corp issued $2.0 billion of senior notes as described further in the Liquidity Risk Management section of this Financial Review. In addition, other borrowed funds at March 31, 2010 included an increase in commercial paper borrowings of $3.1 billion primarily due to the consolidation of Market Street.

 

Capital

PNC increased common equity during the first quarter of 2010 as outlined below. We manage our capital position by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing debt, equity or hybrid instruments, executing treasury stock transactions, managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

Total shareholders’ equity decreased $3.1 billion, to $26.8 billion, at March 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009 primarily due to the following:

   

A decline of $7.3 billion in capital surplus preferred stock in connection with our February 2010 redemption of the Series N Preferred Stock as explained further in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review,

   

The first quarter 2010 issuance of 63.9 million shares of common stock in an underwritten offering at $54 per share resulted in a $3.4 billion increase in total shareholders’ equity, and

   

A decline of $.7 billion in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily as a result of decreases in net unrealized securities losses as more fully described in the Investment Securities portion of this Consolidated Balance Sheet Review.

Common shares outstanding were 526 million at March 31, 2010 and 462 million at December 31, 2009. Our first quarter 2010 common stock offering referred to above drove this increase.

We expect to continue to increase our common equity as a proportion of total capital through growth in retained earnings and will consider other capital opportunities as appropriate.

Our current common stock repurchase program permits us to purchase up to 25 million shares of PNC common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated. The extent and timing of share repurchases under this program will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, regulatory and contractual limitations, and the potential impact on our credit ratings. We did not purchase any shares during first quarter 2010 under this program and, as described in our 2009 Form 10-K, were restricted from doing so under the TARP Capital Purchase Program prior to our February 2010 redemption of the Series N Preferred Stock.


 

19


Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital

 

Dollars in millions    March 31
2010
    Dec. 31
2009
 

Capital components

      

Shareholders’ equity

      

Common

   $ 26,172      $ 21,967   

Preferred

     646        7,975   

Trust preferred capital securities

     3,000        2,996   

Noncontrolling interests

     1,698        1,611   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     (10,518     (10,652

Eligible deferred income taxes on goodwill and other intangible assets

     705        738   

Pension, other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     421        542   

Net unrealized securities losses, after-tax

     1,089        1,575   

Net unrealized losses (gains) on cash flow hedge derivatives, after-tax

     (244     (166

Other

     (63     (63

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     22,906        26,523   

Subordinated debt

     5,277        5,356   

Eligible allowance for credit losses

     2,827        2,934   

Total risk-based capital

   $ 33,010      $ 34,813   

Tier 1 common capital

      

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   $ 22,906      $ 26,523   

Preferred equity

     (646     (7,975

Trust preferred capital securities

     (3,000     (2,996

Noncontrolling interests

     (1,698     (1,611

Tier 1 common capital

   $ 17,562      $ 13,941   

Assets

      

Risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet instruments and market risk equivalent assets

   $ 223,426      $ 232,257   

Adjusted average total assets

     259,078        263,103   

Capital ratios

      

Tier 1 risk-based

     10.3     11.4

Tier 1 common

     7.9        6.0   

Total risk-based

     13.9        15.0   

Leverage

     8.8        10.1   

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect all bank holding companies to have a level and composition of Tier 1 capital well in excess of the 4% regulatory minimum, and they have required the largest US bank holding companies, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet credit needs of their customers through the economic downturn. They have also stated their view that common equity should be the dominant form of Tier 1 capital. As a result, regulators are now emphasizing the Tier 1 common capital ratio in their evaluation of bank holding company capital levels, although this metric is not provided for in the regulations. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and believe that our March 31, 2010 capital levels were aligned with them.

PNC’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio decreased by 110 basis points to 10.3% at March 31, 2010 from 11.4% at

December 31, 2009 due to our redemption of the Series N Preferred Stock. See Repurchase of Outstanding TARP Preferred Stock in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review.

Our Tier 1 common capital ratio was 7.9% at March 31, 2010, an increase of 190 basis points compared with 6.0% at December 31, 2009. Our first quarter earnings and common stock offering were reflected in the higher Tier 1 common capital ratio.

Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and our Tier 1 common capital ratio would have been 11.0% and 8.6%, respectively, at March 31, 2010 had they included the estimated net impact of the pending sale of GIS. A reconciliation of these ratios reflecting the impact of the pending sale of GIS to the ratios set forth in the Risk-Based Capital table above follows:

 

Dollars in billions   Tier 1
risk-based
    Tier 1
common
 

Ratios – as reported

    10.3     7.9

Capital – as reported

  $ 22.9      $ 17.6   

Adjustment:

     

Net impact of pending 2010 sale of GIS (a)

    1.6        1.6   

Capital – pro forma

  $ 24.5      $ 19.2   

Ratios – pro forma

    11.0     8.6
(a) The estimated net impact of this pending sale is as follows:

 

Dollars in billions        

Sales price

   $ 2.3   

Less:

    

Book equity / intercompany debt

     (1.5

Pretax gain

     .8   

Income taxes

     (.3

After-tax gain

     .5   

Elimination of net intangible assets:

    

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     1.3   

Eligible deferred income taxes on goodwill and other intangible assets

     (.2

Net intangible assets

     1.1   

Estimated net impact of pending sale of GIS

   $ 1.6   

We believe that the disclosure of these ratios reflecting the estimated impact of the pending sale of GIS provides additional meaningful information regarding the risk-based capital ratios at that date and the impact of this event on these ratios.

If the sale of GIS is not completed by November 1, 2010, we will be required, on or before that date, to raise $700 million in additional Tier 1 common capital. We would do this either through the sale of assets approved by the Federal Reserve Board and/or through the issuance of additional common stock.


 

20


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2010, PNC Bank, N.A., our domestic bank subsidiary, was considered “well capitalized” based on US regulatory capital ratio requirements, which are indicated on page 2 of this Report. We believe PNC Bank, N.A. will continue to meet these requirements during 2010.

The access to, and cost of, funding new business initiatives including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on a financial institution’s capital strength.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

We engage in a variety of activities that involve unconsolidated entities or that are otherwise not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” Additional information on these types of activities is included in the following sections of this Report:

   

Commitments, including contractual obligations and other commitments, included within the Risk Management section of this Financial Review, and

   

Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

On January 1, 2010, we adopted ASU 2009-17 – Consolidations (Topic 810) – Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. This guidance removes the scope exception for qualifying special-purpose entities, contains new criteria for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE) and increases the frequency of required reassessments to determine whether an entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. VIEs are assessed for consolidation under Topic 810 when we hold variable interests in these entities. PNC consolidates VIEs when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (1) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and (2) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Effective January 1, 2010, we consolidated Market Street, a credit card securitization trust, and certain Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments. We recorded consolidated assets and liabilities of $4.1 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively, and an after-tax cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of $92 million upon adoption.


 

The following provides a summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value (a)

 

March 31, 2010

In millions

   Market
Street
  Credit Card
Securitization
Trust
   

Tax Credit

Investments (b)

 

Credit Risk

Transfer
Transaction

    Total  

Assets

                    

Cash and due from banks

           $ 17       $ 17   

Interest-earning deposits with banks

             4         4   

Investment securities

   $ 650                 650   

Loans

     2,149   $ 2,216          $ 482        4,847   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

         (198         (11     (209

Equity investments

             1,767         1,767   

Other assets

     419             345     11        775   

Total assets

   $ 3,218   $ 2,018      $ 2,133   $ 482      $ 7,851   

Liabilities

                    

Other borrowed funds

   $ 2,811   $ 1,512      $ 131       $ 4,454   

Accrued expenses

         21        97         118   

Other liabilities

     410             562             972   

Total liabilities

   $ 3,221   $ 1,533      $ 790           $ 5,544   
(a) Amounts represent carrying value on PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Amounts reported primarily represent investments in low income housing projects.

 

21


Table of Contents

Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions   

Aggregate

Assets (a)

 

Aggregate

Liabilities (a)

              

March 31, 2010

                 

Market Street

   $ 3,779   $ 3,790         

Credit Card Securitization Trust

     2,208     1,643         

Tax Credit Investments (b)

     2,156     877         

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

     829     829         
   

December 31, 2009

                 

Tax Credit Investments (b)

   $ 1,933   $ 808         

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

     860     860         
(a) Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities differ from the consolidated carrying value of assets and liabilities due to elimination of intercompany assets and liabilities held by the consolidated VIE.
(b) Amounts reported primarily represent investments in low income housing projects.

Non-Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions    Aggregate
Assets
   Aggregate
Liabilities
  

PNC Risk

of Loss

   

Carrying

Value of

Assets

   

Carrying

Value of
Liabilities

 

March 31, 2010

                      

Tax Credit Investments (a)

   $ 3,243    $ 1,794    $ 664      $ 664 (c)    $ 300 (d) 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

     90,648      90,648      2,149        2,149 (e)     

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

     55,013      55,013      1,314        1,311 (e)      3 (d) 

Collateralized Debt Obligations

     24             2        2 (c)         

Total

   $ 148,928    $ 147,455    $ 4,129      $ 4,126      $ 303   
            
In millions    Aggregate
Assets
   Aggregate
Liabilities
  

PNC Risk

of Loss

             

December 31, 2009

                  

Market Street

   $ 3,698    $ 3,718    $ 6,155 (f)     

Tax Credit Investments (a)

     1,786      1,156      743       

Collateralized Debt Obligations

     23             2       

Total

   $ 5,507    $ 4,874    $ 6,900       
(a) Amounts reported primarily represent investments in low income housing projects. Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities represent estimated balances due to limited availability of financial information associated with certain acquired National City partnerships.
(b) Amounts reported reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for a SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. For information regarding where we only hold securities refer to Note 7 Investment Securities.
(c) Included in the table above as we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. Included in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(d) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(e) Included in Investment securities, Other intangible assets, and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(f) PNC’s risk of loss consisted of off-balance sheet liquidity commitments to Market Street of $5.6 billion and other credit enhancements of $.6 billion at December 31, 2009.

 

Market Street

Market Street is a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit that is owned by an independent third party. Market Street’s activities primarily involve purchasing assets or making loans secured by interests in pools of receivables from US corporations that desire access to the commercial paper market. Market Street funds the purchases of assets or loans by issuing commercial paper which has been rated A1/P1/F1 by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, and Fitch, respectively, and is supported by pool-specific credit enhancements, liquidity facilities and program-level credit enhancement. Generally, Market Street mitigates its potential interest rate risk by entering into agreements with its borrowers that reflect interest rates based upon its weighted average commercial

paper cost of funds. During 2009 and the first quarter of 2010, Market Street met all of its funding needs through the issuance of commercial paper.

Market Street commercial paper outstanding was $2.8 billion at March 31, 2010 and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2009. The weighted average maturity of the commercial paper was 36 days at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

During 2009, PNC Capital Markets, acting as a placement agent for Market Street, held a maximum daily position in Market Street commercial paper of $135 million with an average balance of $19 million. This compares with a maximum daily position and an average balance of zero for


 

22


Table of Contents

the first quarter of 2010. PNC Capital Markets owned no Market Street commercial paper at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. PNC Bank, N.A. made no purchases of Market Street commercial paper during the first quarter of 2010.

PNC Bank, N.A. provides certain administrative services, the program-level credit enhancement and all of the liquidity facilities to Market Street in exchange for fees negotiated based on market rates. Through these arrangements, PNC has the power to direct the activities of the special purpose entity (SPE) that most significantly affect its economic performance and these arrangements expose PNC to expected losses or residual returns that are significant to Market Street.

The commercial paper obligations at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were effectively collateralized by Market Street’s assets. While PNC may be obligated to fund under the $5.4 billion of liquidity facilities for events such as commercial paper market disruptions, borrower bankruptcies, collateral deficiencies or covenant violations, our credit risk under the liquidity facilities is secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the borrower such as by the over- collateralization of the assets or by another third party in the form of deal-specific credit enhancement. Deal-specific credit enhancement that supports the commercial paper issued by Market Street is generally structured to cover a multiple of expected losses for the pool of assets and is sized to generally meet rating agency standards for comparably structured transactions. In addition, PNC would be required to fund $441 million of the liquidity facilities if the underlying assets are in default. Market Street creditors have no direct recourse to PNC.

PNC provides program-level credit enhancement to cover net losses in the amount of 10% of commitments, excluding explicitly rated AAA/Aaa facilities. PNC provides 100% of the enhancement in the form of a cash collateral account funded by a loan facility. This facility expires in March 2013. At March 31, 2010, approximately $567 million was outstanding on this facility. This amount was eliminated in PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2010 due to the consolidation of Market Street. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE.

 

Assets of Market Street (a)

 

In millions   Outstanding   Commitments   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years

December 31, 2009

       

Trade receivables

  $ 1,551   $ 4,105   2.01

Automobile financing

    480     480   4.20

Auto fleet leasing

    412     543   .85

Collateralized loan obligations

    126     150   .36

Residential mortgage

    13     13   26.01

Other

    534     567   1.65

Cash and miscellaneous receivables

    582          

Total

  $ 3,698   $ 5,858   2.06
(a) Market Street did not recognize an asset impairment charge or experience any material rating downgrades during 2009.

Market Street Commitments by Credit Rating (a)

 

     

March 31,

2010

   

December 31,

2009

 

AAA/Aaa

   16   14

AA/Aa

   62      50   

A/A

   20      34   

BBB/Baa

   2      2   

Total

   100   100
(a) The majority of our facilities are not explicitly rated by the rating agencies. All facilities are structured to meet rating agency standards for applicable rating levels.

Credit Card Securitization Trust

We are the sponsor of several credit card securitizations facilitated through an SPE trust. This bankruptcy-remote SPE or VIE was established to purchase credit card receivables from the sponsor and to issue and sell asset-backed securities created by it to independent third-parties. The SPE was financed primarily through the sale of these asset-backed securities. These transactions were originally structured as a form of liquidity and to afford favorable capital treatment. At March 31, 2010, Series 2005-1, 2006-1, 2007-1, and 2008-3 issued by the SPE were outstanding.

Our continuing involvement in these securitization transactions consists primarily of holding certain retained interests and acting as the primary servicer. For each securitization series, our retained interests held are in the form of a pro-rata undivided interest, or sellers’ interest, in the transferred receivables, subordinated tranches of asset-backed securities, interest-only strips, discount receivables, and subordinated interests in accrued interest and fees in securitized receivables. We consolidated the SPE as of January 1, 2010 as we are deemed the primary beneficiary of the entity based upon our level of continuing involvement. Our role as primary servicer gives us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of retained interests


 

23


Table of Contents

gives us the obligation to absorb or receive expected losses or residual returns that are significant to the SPE. Accordingly, all retained interests held in the credit card SPE are eliminated in consolidation. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE. Additionally, creditors of the SPE have no direct recourse to PNC.

Tax Credit Investments

We make certain equity investments in various limited partnerships or limited liability companies (LLCs) that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the LIHTC pursuant to Sections 42 and 47 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital, to facilitate the sale of additional affordable housing product offerings and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act. The primary activities of the investments include the identification, development and operation of multi-family housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants. Generally, these types of investments are funded through a combination of debt and equity. We typically invest in these partnerships as a limited partner or non-managing member.

Also, we are a national syndicator of affordable housing equity (together with the investments described above, the “LIHTC investments”). In these syndication transactions, we create funds in which our subsidiaries are the general partner or managing member and sell limited partnership or non-managing member interests to third parties, and in some cases may also purchase a limited partnership or non-managing member interest in the fund and/or provide mezzanine financing to the fund. The purpose of this business is to generate income from the syndication of these funds, generate servicing fees by managing the funds, and earn tax credits to reduce our tax liability. General partner or managing member activities include selecting, evaluating, structuring, negotiating, and closing the fund investments in operating limited partnerships, as well as oversight of the ongoing operations of the fund portfolio.

Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The primary sources of losses and benefits in LIHTC investments are the tax credits, tax benefits due to passive losses on the investments, and development and operating cash flows. We have consolidated LIHTC investments in which we are the general partner or managing member and have a limited partnership interest or non-managing member interest that could potentially absorb losses or receive benefits that are significant. The assets are primarily included in Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the liabilities classified in Other liabilities and third party investors’ interests included in the Equity section as Noncontrolling interests. Neither creditors nor equity investors in the LIHTC investments have any recourse to our general credit. There are no terms or conditions that

have required or could require us, as the primary beneficiary, to provide financial support. Also, we have not provided nor do we intend to provide financial or other support to the limited partnership or LLC that we are not contractually obligated to provide. The consolidated aggregate assets and liabilities of these LIHTC investments are provided in the Consolidated VIEs table and reflected in the “Other” business segment.

We also have LIHTC investments in which we are not the general partner and do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. Accordingly, we are not the primary beneficiary of these investments and thus they are not consolidated. These investments are disclosed in the Non-Consolidated VIEs table. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment and partnership results. We use the equity method to account for our investment in these entities with the investments reflected in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, we increase our recognized investments and recognize a liability for all legally binding unfunded equity commitments. These liabilities are reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

National City Bank (which merged into PNC Bank, N.A. in November 2009) sponsored an SPE and concurrently entered into a credit risk transfer agreement with an independent third party to mitigate credit losses on a pool of nonconforming residential mortgage loans originated by its former First Franklin business unit. The SPE or VIE was formed with a small equity contribution and was structured as a bankruptcy-remote entity so that its creditors have no recourse to the sponsor. In exchange for a perfected security interest in the cash flows of the nonconforming mortgage loans, the SPE issued asset-backed securities to the sponsor in the form of senior, mezzanine, and subordinated equity notes.

The credit risk transfer agreement associated with this transaction is no longer outstanding as a result of certain actions taken by us and the independent third-party in 2009. Refer to our 2009 Form 10-K for further details of these actions. We continue to hold all asset-backed securities issued by the SPE and are also the depositor in this transaction. As a result, we are deemed the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Our rights as depositor give us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of all asset-backed securities gives us the obligation to absorb or receive expected losses or residual returns that are significant to the SPE. Accordingly, this SPE is consolidated and all of the entity’s assets, liabilities, and equity associated with the securities held by us are intercompany balances and are eliminated in consolidation. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE.


 

24


Table of Contents

Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations

In connection with each Agency and Non-Agency securitization discussed in Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the magnitude of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (1) our role as servicer, (2) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE, and (3) the rights of third-party variable interest holders.

Our first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold a variable interest in an Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPE through our holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPE and/or our recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-Agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more than insignificant variable interest in the entity. At March 31, 2010, our level of continuing involvement in Non-Agency securitization SPEs did not result in PNC as the primary beneficiary of any of these entities. Details about the Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in the table above. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances, and our liabilities associated with our recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to PNC’s assets or general credit.

Perpetual Trust Securities

We issue certain hybrid capital vehicles that qualify as capital for regulatory and rating agency purposes.

In February 2008, PNC Preferred Funding LLC (the LLC), one of our indirect subsidiaries, sold $375 million of 8.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities of PNC Preferred Funding Trust III (Trust III) to third parties in a private placement. In connection with the private placement, Trust III acquired $375 million of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual

Preferred Securities of the LLC (the LLC Preferred Securities). The sale was similar to the March 2007 private placement by the LLC of $500 million of 6.113% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Trust Securities (the Trust II Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II (Trust II) in which Trust II acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities and to the December 2006 private placement by PNC REIT Corp. of $500 million of 6.517% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the Trust I Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I (Trust I) in which Trust I acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities.

Each Trust III Security is automatically exchangeable into a share of Series J Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of PNC, each Trust II Security is automatically exchangeable into a share of Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of PNC (Series I Preferred Stock), and each Trust I Security is automatically exchangeable into a share of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of PNC Bank, N.A. (PNC Bank Preferred Stock), in each case under certain conditions relating to the capitalization or the financial condition of PNC Bank, N.A. and upon the direction of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Our 2009 Form 10-K includes additional information regarding the Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital covenants.

PNC has contractually committed to Trust II and Trust III that if full dividends are not paid in a dividend period on the Trust II Securities or the Trust III Securities, as applicable, or the LLC Preferred Securities held by Trust II or Trust III, as applicable, PNC will not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire, any of its equity capital securities during the next succeeding dividend period, other than: (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of PNC in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (ii) purchases of shares of common stock of PNC pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy stock existing prior to the commencement of the extension period, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, (iii) any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under any such plan, (iv) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of PNC’s capital stock for any other class or series of PNC’s capital stock, (v) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of PNC capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged or (vi) any stock dividends paid by PNC where the dividend stock is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid.

PNC Bank, N.A. has contractually committed to Trust I that if full dividends are not paid in a dividend period on the Trust I


 

25


Table of Contents

Securities, LLC Preferred Securities or any other parity equity securities issued by the LLC, neither PNC Bank, N.A. nor its subsidiaries will declare or pay dividends or other distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its equity capital securities during the next succeeding period (other than to holders of the LLC Preferred Securities and any parity equity securities issued by the LLC) except: (i) in the case of dividends payable to subsidiaries of PNC Bank, N.A., to PNC Bank, N.A. or another wholly-owned subsidiary of PNC Bank, N.A. or (ii) in the case of dividends payable to persons that are not subsidiaries of PNC Bank, N.A., to such persons only if, (A) in the case of a cash dividend, PNC has first irrevocably committed to contribute amounts at least equal to such cash dividend or (B) in the case of in-kind dividends payable by PNC REIT Corp., PNC has committed to purchase such in-kind dividend from the applicable PNC REIT Corp. holders in exchange for a cash payment representing the market value of such in-kind dividend, and PNC has committed to contribute such in-kind dividend to PNC Bank, N.A.

PNC Capital Trust E Trust Preferred Securities

In February 2008, PNC Capital Trust E issued $450 million of 7.75% Trust Preferred Securities due March 15, 2068 (the Trust E Securities). PNC Capital Trust E’s only assets are $450 million of 7.75% Junior Subordinated Notes due March 15, 2068 and issued by PNC (the JSNs). The Trust E Securities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by PNC. We may, at our option, redeem the JSNs at 100% of their principal amount on or after March 15, 2013.

In connection with the closing of the Trust E Securities sale, we agreed that, if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments on the JSNs or a related deferral period is continuing, then PNC would be subject during such period to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the JSN debenture holder similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described above. PNC Capital Trusts C and D have similar protective provisions with respect to $500 million in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures. Also, in connection with the

closing of the Trust E Securities sale, we entered into a replacement capital covenant as described more fully in our 2009 Form 10-K.

Acquired Entity Trust Preferred Securities

As a result of the National City acquisition, we assumed obligations with respect to $2.4 billion in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by the acquired entity. As a result of the Mercantile, Yardville and Sterling acquisitions, we assumed obligations with respect to $158 million in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by the acquired entities. Under the terms of these debentures, if there is an event of default under the debentures or PNC exercises its right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities issued by the statutory trusts or there is a default under PNC’s guarantee of such payment obligations, PNC would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described above.

As more fully described in our 2009 Form 10-K, we are subject to replacement capital covenants with respect to four tranches of junior subordinated debentures inherited from National City as well as a replacement capital covenant with respect to our Series L Preferred Stock.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In addition to the following, see Note 8 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part 1, Item 1 of this Report for further information regarding fair value. New GAAP was effective for PNC in January 2010 which requires additional disclosures regarding transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and additional details of asset and liability categories.

At both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, assets recorded at fair value represented 23% of total assets and liabilities recorded at fair value represented 2% of total liabilities.


 

26


Table of Contents

The following table includes the assets and liabilities measured at fair value and the portion of such assets and liabilities that are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

     March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
In millions    Total Fair
Value
   Level 3     Total
Fair
Value
   Level 3  

Assets

            

Securities available for sale

   $ 49,541    $ 9,302      $ 50,798    $ 9,933   

Financial derivatives

     4,226      86        3,916      50   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     1,158        1,012     

Trading securities

     1,595      77        2,124      89   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     1,271      1,271        1,332      1,332   

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     1,041      1,041        1,050      1,050   

Equity investments

     1,208      1,208        1,188      1,188   

Customer resale agreements

     963        990     

Loans

     111        107     

Other assets

     880      461        716      509   

Total assets

   $ 61,994    $ 13,446      $ 63,233    $ 14,151   

Level 3 assets as a percentage of Total Assets at Fair Value

        22        22

Level 3 assets as a percentage of Consolidated Assets

            5            5

Liabilities

            

Financial derivatives

   $ 3,748    $ 494      $ 3,839    $ 506   

Trading securities sold short

     255        1,344     

Other liabilities

                    6         

Total liabilities

   $ 4,003    $ 494      $ 5,189    $ 506   

Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of Total Liabilities at Fair Value

        12        10

Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of Consolidated Liabilities

            <1            <1

 

The majority of Level 3 assets represent non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities in the available for sale and trading security portfolios for which there was a lack of observable trading activity. Other Level 3 assets include commercial mortgage loans held for sale, certain equity securities, auction rate securities, corporate debt

securities, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights and other assets.

During the first three months of 2010, no material transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels occurred.


 

27


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have six reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Business segment results, including inter-segment revenues, and a description of each business are included in Note 19 Segment Reporting included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report. Certain amounts included in this Financial Review differ from those in Note 19 primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis.

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our management accounting practices and management structure. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We refine our methodologies from time to time as our management accounting practices are enhanced and our businesses and management structure change. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect current methodologies and our current business and management structure. As a result of its pending sale, GIS is no longer a reportable business segment. Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. We have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors. Capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to the banking and servicing businesses using our risk-based economic capital model. We have assigned capital equal to 6% of funds to Retail Banking to reflect the capital required for well-capitalized domestic banks and to approximate market comparables for this business.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk inherent in the business segment loan

portfolios. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated results from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests and exclude the earnings and revenue attributable to GIS. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category. “Other” for purposes of this Business Segments Review and the Business Segment Highlights in the Executive Summary includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions including LTIP share distributions and obligations, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses and certain trading activities, exited businesses, equity management activities, alternative investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Period-end Employees

 

    

March 31

2010

 

Dec. 31

2009

 

March 31

2009

Full-time employees

       

Retail Banking

  21,522   21,416   22,468

Corporate & Institutional Banking

  3,760   3,746   4,169

Asset Management Group

  2,986   2,960   3,210

Residential Mortgage Banking

  3,340   3,267   3,596

Distressed Assets Portfolio

  178   175   110

Other

       

Operations & Technology

  9,284   9,275   9,406

Staff Services and other (a)

  9,043   8,922   8,899

Total Other

  18,327   18,197   18,305

Total full-time employees

  50,113   49,761   51,858

Retail Banking part-time employees

  4,798   4,737   5,375

Other part-time employees

  1,187   1,322   1,562

Total part-time employees

  5,985   6,059   6,937

Total

  56,098   55,820   58,795
(a) Includes employees of GIS.

Employee data as reported by each business segment in the table above reflects staff directly employed by the respective businesses and excludes operations, technology and staff services employees reported in the Other segment.


 

28


Table of Contents

Results Of Businesses – Summary

(Unaudited)

 

     Earnings (Loss)     Revenue     Average Assets (a)
Three months ended March 31 – in millions    2010     2009     2010    2009     2010    2009

Retail Banking (b)

   $ 24      $ 50      $ 1,360    $ 1,441      $ 67,966    $ 65,620

Corporate & Institutional Banking

     360        359        1,248      1,290        79,516      91,130

Asset Management Group

     39        39        228      250        7,117      7,457

Residential Mortgage Banking

     82        227        237      528        8,855      7,219

BlackRock

     77        23        99      26        6,225      4,295

Distressed Assets Portfolio

     72        3        337      344        19,507      24,816

Total business segments

     654        701        3,509      3,879        189,186      200,537

Other (b) (c) (d)

     (6     (181     254      (193     77,962      80,315

Results from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

   $ 648      $ 520      $ 3,763    $ 3,686      $ 267,148    $ 280,852
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock.
(b) Amounts for 2009 include the results of the 61 branches divested by early September 2009.
(c) For our segment reporting presentation in this Financial Review, “Other” for the first three months of 2010 and 2009 included $113 million and $52 million, respectively, of pretax integration costs primarily related to National City.
(d) “Other” average assets include securities available for sale associated with asset and liability management activities.

 

29


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions

  2010 (a)     2009  

INCOME STATEMENT

     

Net interest income

  $ 871      $ 921   

Noninterest income

     

Service charges on deposits

    195        220   

Brokerage

    53        61   

Consumer services

    209        208   

Other

    32        31   

Total noninterest income

    489        520   

Total revenue

    1,360        1,441   

Provision for credit losses

    340        304   

Noninterest expense

    975        1,053   

Pretax earnings

    45        84   

Income taxes

    21        34   

Earnings

  $ 24      $ 50   

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

     

Loans

     

Consumer

     

Home equity

  $ 26,824      $ 27,638   

Indirect

    3,973        4,120   

Education

    8,060        4,882   

Credit cards

    4,079        2,112   

Other consumer

    1,790        1,860   

Total consumer

    44,726        40,612   

Commercial and commercial real estate

    11,487        12,755   

Floor plan

    1,296        1,495   

Residential mortgage

    1,800        2,252   

Total loans

    59,309        57,114   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    5,935        5,807   

Other assets

    2,722        2,699   

Total assets

  $ 67,966      $ 65,620   

Deposits

     

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 16,776      $ 15,819   

Interest-bearing demand

    19,212        17,900   

Money market

    39,699        38,831   

Total transaction deposits

    75,687        72,550   

Savings

    6,552        6,360   

Certificates of deposit

    45,614        56,355   

Total deposits

    127,853        135,265   

Other liabilities

    1,671        82   

Capital

    8,195        8,376   

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 137,719      $ 143,723   

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

     

Return on average capital

    1     2

Noninterest income to total revenue

    36        36   

Efficiency

    72        73   

OTHER INFORMATION (b)

     

Credit-related statistics:

     

Commercial nonperforming assets

  $ 324      $ 194   

Consumer nonperforming assets

    276        87   

Total nonperforming assets (c)

  $ 600      $ 281   

Impaired loans (d)

  $ 1,013      $ 1,269   

Commercial lending net charge-offs

  $ 96      $ 83   

Credit card lending net charge-offs (on balance sheet)

    96        49   

Consumer lending (excluding credit card) net charge-offs

    108        75   

Total net charge-offs

  $ 300      $ 207   

Commercial lending annualized net charge-off ratio

    3.05     2.36

Credit card annualized net charge-off ratio (on balance sheet)

    9.54     9.41

Consumer lending (excluding credit card) annualized net charge-off ratio

    1.03     .75

Total annualized net charge-off ratio

    2.05     1.47

Other statistics:

     

ATMs

    6,467        6,402   

Branches (e)

    2,461        2,586   

 

At March 31

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2010 (a)     2009  

OTHER INFORMATION (CONTINUED) (b)

      

Home equity portfolio credit statistics:

      

% of first lien positions (f)

     34     35

Weighted average loan-to-value ratios (f)

     73     74

Weighted average FICO scores (g)

     725        727   

Annualized net charge-off ratio

     .70     .34

Loans 30 – 89 days past due

     .74     .73

Loans 90 days past due

     .85     .67

Customer-related statistics (h):

      

Retail Banking checking relationships

     5,037,000        5,134,000   

Retail online banking active customers

     2,782,000        2,636,000   

Retail online bill payment active customers

     826,000        726,000   

Brokerage statistics:

      

Financial consultants (i)

     722        658   

Full service brokerage offices

     41        43   

Brokerage account assets (billions)

   $ 33      $ 26   
(a) Information as of March 31, 2010 reflects the impact of the consolidation in our financial statements for the securitized portfolio of approximately $1.6 billion of credit card loans as of January 1, 2010.
(b) Presented as of March 31 except for net charge-offs and annualized net charge-off ratios, which are for the three months ended.
(c) Includes nonperforming loans of $579 million at March 31, 2010 and $264 million at March 31, 2009.
(d) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to National City.
(e) Excludes certain satellite branches that provide limited products and/or services.
(f) Includes loans from acquired portfolios for which lien position and loan-to-value information was limited.
(g) Represents the most recent FICO scores we have on file.
(h) Amounts as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 include the impact of National City prior to completion of all application system conversions. These amounts may be refined subsequent to system conversions.
(i) Financial consultants provide services in full service brokerage offices and traditional bank branches.

Retail Banking earned $24 million for the quarter compared with earnings of $50 million for the year-ago quarter. Earnings declined from the prior year quarter as a result of increased credit costs, lower interest credits assigned to deposits, and a decline in fees which were partially offset by well managed expenses. Retail Banking continued to maintain its focus on growing customers and deposits, customer and employee satisfaction, investing in the business for future growth, as well as disciplined expense management during this period of market and economic uncertainty.

Highlights of Retail Banking’s performance for the first quarter of 2010 include the following:

 

Information as of March 31, 2010 reflects the impact of the consolidation in our financial statements for the securitized credit card portfolio of approximately $1.6 billion of credit card loans as of January 1, 2010. This consolidation impacted nearly all major categories of our income statement and primarily the loan and borrowings categories on the balance sheet.

 

As of mid-April 2010, we successfully completed the third of four major conversions of National City customers to the PNC platform. To date, we have successfully converted customer relationships at over 1,000 National City branches to PNC’s network and platform. The remaining branch conversions are scheduled to be completed in June 2010.


 

30


Table of Contents
 

Success in implementing Retail Banking’s deposit strategy resulted in growth in average demand deposits of $2.3 billion, or 7%, over the prior year first quarter. Excluding approximately $.9 billion of average demand deposits from the first quarter 2009 balances related to the 61 required branch divestitures completed by early September 2009, average demand deposits increased $3.2 billion, or 10%, over the prior year first quarter.

 

Growth in demand deposits reflected the continued focus of Retail Banking on expanding and deepening customer relationships. Checking relationships declined by 5,000 during the first quarter of 2010 reflecting the impact of branch conversion activities in many markets. Customer retention was stronger than expected and helped offset lower acquisition of new relationships in branch conversion markets. Markets not impacted by conversion activities had strong first quarter checking relationship results. Excluding the impact of the required branch divestitures, net new customer and business checking relationships grew 54,000 over the prior year quarter.

 

Our investment in online banking capabilities continues to pay off. Active online bill payment and online banking customers grew by 6% and 1%, respectively, during the first quarter. Excluding the impact of the required branch divestitures, active online bill pay and active online banking customers have increased 16% and 8%, respectively since March 31, 2009.

 

For the second consecutive year, the Retail Bank was named a Gallup Great WorkPlace Award winner, reflecting our brand attributes of ease, confidence and achievement. This recognition reflects our commitment to having an engaged workforce, as engagement delivers real bottom-line benefits.

 

At March 31, 2010, Retail Banking had 2,461 branches and an ATM network of 6,467 machines giving PNC one of the largest distribution networks among US banks. We continue to invest in the branch network, albeit at a slower pace than in prior years given the current economic conditions. In the first quarter of 2010, we opened 3 traditional branches, consolidated 55 branches and had a net reduction of 6 ATMs. The reduction in branches and ATMs mainly resulted from branch consolidations following the second major National City customer conversion in February 2010.

Total revenue for the first quarter of 2010 was $1.360 billion compared with $1.441 billion for the same quarter in 2009. Net interest income of $871 million declined $50 million compared with the first quarter 2009. Net interest income was negatively impacted by lower interest credits assigned to deposits, reflective of the rate environment, and benefited from the consolidation of the securitized credit card portfolio, higher demand deposits, and increased education loans.

Noninterest income declined $31 million over the first quarter of 2009. The decrease can be attributed to the negative impact of the consolidation of the securitized credit card portfolio, a decrease in service charges on deposits related to lower

overdraft charges, lower brokerage fees, and the impact of the required branch divestitures, but benefited as a result of higher transaction volume-related fees within consumer services.

In 2010, Retail Banking revenue will be negatively impacted in a more significant manner by: 1) the new rules set forth in Regulation E related to overdraft charges, 2) the Credit CARD Act of 2009, and 3) the education lending portions of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA).

Current estimates are that 2010 earnings will be impacted by approximately $115 million related to Regulation E and by approximately $40 million attributable to the Credit CARD Act. These estimates do not include any additional impact to revenue for other changes that may be made in 2010 responding to market conditions or other/additional regulatory requirements, or any offsetting impact of changes to products and/or pricing.

The education lending business will be adversely impacted by provisions of HCERA that go into effect on July 1, 2010. The law will essentially eliminate the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP), the federally guaranteed portion of this business available to private lenders. For 2009, we originated $2.6 billion of federally guaranteed loans under FFELP. We plan to continue to provide private education loans as another source of funding for students and families.

The provision for credit losses was $340 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared with $304 million in the first quarter of 2009. Net charge-offs were $300 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared with $207 million in the prior year first quarter. The year over year increase in provision and net charge-offs is due to the deteriorating economy that occurred throughout 2009 as well as the larger credit card portfolio that is now on the balance sheet.

Noninterest expense for the first quarter declined $78 million from the prior year first quarter. Expenses were well managed as continued investments in distribution channels were more than offset by reductions in expenses from acquisitions and the required branch divestitures.

Growing core checking deposits as a lower-cost funding source and as the cornerstone product to build customer relationships is the primary objective of our deposit strategy. Furthermore, core checking accounts are critical to our strategy of expanding our payments business. The deposit strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing, target specific products and markets for growth, and focus on the retention and growth of balances for relationship customers.

In the first quarter of 2010, average total deposits decreased $7.4 billion compared with 2009.

 

Average demand deposits increased $2.3 billion, or 7%, over the same quarter of 2009. The increase was primarily driven by organic growth.


 

31


Table of Contents
 

Average money market deposits increased $868 million from the first quarter of 2009. The increase was primarily due to core money market growth as customers generally prefer more liquid deposits in a low rate environment.

 

In the first quarter of 2010, average certificates of deposit decreased $10.7 billion from the same quarter last year. A continued decline in certificates of deposit is expected in 2010 due to the planned run off of higher rate certificates of deposits that were primarily obtained through the National City acquisition.

Currently, we plan to maintain our focus on a relationship-based lending strategy that targets specific customer sectors (mass consumers, homeowners, students, small businesses and auto dealerships) and our moderate risk lending approach. In the first quarter of 2010, average total loans were $59.3 billion, an increase of $2.2 billion over the same quarter last year.

 

Average commercial and commercial real estate loans declined $1.3 billion compared with the first quarter of 2009. The decline was primarily due to the required branch divestitures and loan demand being outpaced by

   

refinancings, paydowns, and charge-offs. Average home equity loans declined $814 million over the same quarter of 2009. Consumer loan demand has slowed as a result of the current economic environment. Our home equity loan portfolio is relationship based, with 96% of the portfolio attributable to borrowers in our primary geographic footprint. The nonperforming assets and charge-offs that we have experienced are within our expectations given current market conditions.

 

Average credit card balances increased $2.0 billion over the first quarter of 2009. The increase was primarily the result of the consolidation of the securitized credit card portfolio effective January 1, 2010.

 

Average education loans grew $3.2 billion compared with the same quarter in 2009 due primarily to increases in federal loan volumes as a result of non-bank competitors exiting from the business, portfolio purchases in the fourth quarter of 2009, and the impact of our current strategy of holding education loans on the balance sheet. As previously disclosed in this section, the federally guaranteed portion of this business will be essentially eliminated on July 1, 2010 due to HCERA.


 

32


Table of Contents

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2010 (a)    2009

INCOME STATEMENT

       

Net interest income

   $ 877    $ 1,023

Noninterest income

       

Corporate service fees

     242      218

Other

     129      49

Noninterest income

     371      267

Total revenue

     1,248      1,290

Provision for credit losses

     236      287

Noninterest expense

     445      430

Pretax earnings

     567      573

Income taxes

     207      214

Earnings

   $ 360    $ 359

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

       

Loans

       

Commercial

   $ 34,024    $ 41,709

Commercial real estate

     17,961      19,460

Commercial – real estate related

     3,128      4,267

Asset-based lending

     5,940      7,021

Equipment lease financing

     5,318      5,554

Total loans

     66,371      78,011

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     3,795      3,376

Loans held for sale

     1,410      1,714

Other assets

     7,940      8,029

Total assets

   $ 79,516    $ 91,130

Deposits

       

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 22,271    $ 17,108

Money market

     12,253      7,949

Other

     7,610      7,391

Total deposits

     42,134      32,448

Other liabilities

     10,870      10,024

Capital

     7,633      7,690

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 60,637    $ 50,162

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2010 (a)     2009  

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

Return on average capital

     19     19

Noninterest income to total revenue

     30        21   

Efficiency

     36        33   

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING PORTFOLIO (in billions)

      

Beginning of period

   $ 287      $ 270   

Acquisitions/additions

     8        5   

Repayments/transfers

     (13     (6

End of period

   $ 282      $ 269   

OTHER INFORMATION

      

Consolidated revenue from: (b)

      

Treasury Management

   $ 298      $ 276   

Capital Markets

   $ 164      $ 43   

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)

   $ 27      $ 22   

Commercial mortgage loan servicing (d)

     88        72   

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 115      $ 94   

Total loans (e)

   $ 65,076      $ 75,886   

Credit-related statistics:

      

Nonperforming assets (e) (f)

   $ 3,343      $ 1,862   

Impaired loans (e) (g)

   $ 1,033      $ 1,757   

Net charge-offs

   $ 271      $ 167   

Net carrying amount of commercial mortgage servicing rights (e)

   $ 921      $ 874   
(a) Information as of March 31, 2010 reflects the impact of the consolidation in our financial statements of Market Street Funding LLC effective January 1, 2010. Also, includes $1.6 billion of loans, net of eliminations, and $2.8 billion of commercial paper borrowings included in other liabilities.
(b) Represents consolidated PNC amounts.
(c) Includes valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.
(d) Includes net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services.
(e) At March 31.
(f) Includes nonperforming loans of $3.2 billion at March 31, 2010 and $1.8 billion at March 31, 2009.
(g) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to National City.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $360 million in the first three months of 2010 compared with $359 million in the first quarter of 2009. Earnings were relatively flat as a decrease in net interest income was offset by higher noninterest income and a lower provision for credit losses.

Highlights of Corporate & Institutional Banking performance over the first quarter of 2010 include:

   

Net interest income for the first three months of 2010 was $877 million, a decrease of $146 million from 2009 impacted by a decrease in average loans and lower interest credits assigned to deposits.

   

Corporate service fees were $242 million for the first quarter of 2010, an increase of $24 million over the same period a year ago primarily due to increases in commercial mortgage special servicing ancillary income and merger and acquisition advisory fees. The major components of corporate service fees are


 

33


Table of Contents
   

treasury management, corporate finance fees and commercial mortgage servicing revenue.

   

Our Treasury Management business, which is ranked in the top ten nationally, continues to invest in the healthcare initiative which is designed to help provide our customers opportunities to reduce operating costs. Healthcare-related revenues in the first quarter of 2010 increased 32% from the first quarter of 2009.

   

Harris Williams is one of the nation’s largest and most successful mergers and acquisitions advisory teams focused exclusively on the middle markets. Although this business continues to be affected by the difficult economic environment that has impacted acquisition activity, fees increased slightly in the first quarter of 2010 compared with the first quarter of 2009. Harris Williams recently established its first overseas operation in London.

   

Midland Loan Services is one of the leading third-party providers of loan servicing, asset management and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Midland is the only company in the industry with the highest U.S. servicer and special servicer ratings from Fitch Ratings and Standard & Poor’s and has achieved these highest ratings for 10 consecutive years.

   

The commercial mortgage servicing portfolio was $282 billion at March 31, 2010 compared with $269 billion at March 31, 2009. The increase from a year ago reflected the continued growth in the agency and conventional servicing portfolios that was somewhat offset by a decline in the commercial mortgage-backed securities servicing portfolio.

 

Other noninterest income was $129 million for the first three months of 2010, an increase of $80 million from the same period in 2009 primarily due to a reduction in reserves for the DUS lending program, a reduced impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions and higher underwriting revenue, partially offset by a decline in net valuation gains on the commercial mortgage and multi-family held for sale loan portfolios carried at fair value.

 

Provision for credit losses was $236 million in the first three months of 2010, a decrease of $51 million from 2009. The 2010 provision reflected continued deterioration in commercial real estate loans. The decline compared with the prior year first quarter was driven primarily by lower loan balances. Net charge-offs for the

   

first quarter of 2010 were $271 million compared with $167 million for the first quarter of 2009. Net charge-offs showed signs of slowing in the middle market and asset-based lending portfolios.

 

Noninterest expense was $445 million for the first three months of 2010, an increase of $15 million from the same period in 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher compensation expense related to increased sales activity, FDIC costs associated with higher deposit balances and credit-related expenses.

 

Average loans were $66.4 billion for the first three months of 2010 compared with $78.0 billion in the first quarter of 2009. The first quarter of 2010 included an increase in loans from the consolidation of Market Street. Excluding the impact of the Market Street consolidation, average loans decreased $13.2 billion or 17% compared with the prior year first quarter. The decrease was due to reductions in non-strategic areas, paydowns and charge-offs as well as declines in utilization levels among middle-market and large corporate clients.

   

PNC Real Estate is one of the industry’s top providers of conventional and affordable multifamily financing. It specializes in providing access to federal agency loan programs and is a top Fannie Mae DUS, FHA/Ginnie Mae and Freddie MAC Program Plus lender. Commercial real estate loans declined due to reduced demand, paydowns and charge-offs.

   

PNC Business Credit is one of the top asset-based lenders in the country. Average loans in this customer set have been relatively stable since the third quarter of 2009.

   

PNC Equipment Finance is the 5th largest bank-affiliated leasing company with approximately $9 billion in equipment finance assets, although average loans and leases have declined approximately 5% due to runoff of non-strategic portfolios.

   

Average deposits were $42.1 billion for the first three months of 2010, an increase of $9.7 billion, or 30%, compared with the first quarter of 2009 as customers continued to move balances from off-balance sheet sweep products to noninterest-bearing demand deposits and from the impact of the return of deposits from National City customers who had previously moved funds to other institutions.

See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities on page 9.


 

34


Table of Contents

ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2010     2009  

INCOME STATEMENT

      

Net interest income

   $ 64      $ 96   

Noninterest income

     164        154   

Total revenue

     228        250   

Provision for credit losses

     9        17   

Noninterest expense

     157        170   

Pretax earnings

     62        63   

Income taxes

     23        24   

Earnings

   $ 39      $ 39   

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

      

Loans

      

Consumer

   $ 3,994      $ 3,851   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     1,504        1,761   

Residential mortgage

     963        1,153   

Total loans

     6,461        6,765   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     415        404   

Other assets

     241        288   

Total assets

   $ 7,117      $ 7,457   

Deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 1,228      $ 1,260   

Interest-bearing demand

     1,699        1,544   

Money market

     3,217        3,330   

Total transaction deposits

     6,144        6,134   

Certificates of deposit and other

     818        1,289   

Total deposits

     6,962        7,423   

Other liabilities

     119        117   

Capital

     553        576   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 7,634      $ 8,116   

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

Return on average capital

     29     27

Noninterest income to total revenue

     72        62   

Efficiency

     69        68   

OTHER INFORMATION

      

Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)

   $ 139      $ 68   

Impaired loans (a) (c)

   $ 191      $ 223   

Total net charge-offs

   $ 4      $ 11   
 

ASSETS UNDER ADMINISTRATION
(in billions) (a) (d)

      

Personal

   $ 96      $ 85   

Institutional

     113        131   

Total

   $ 209      $ 216   

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 104      $ 79   

Fixed Income

     59        57   

Liquidity/Other

     46        80   

Total

   $ 209      $ 216   

Discretionary assets under management

      

Personal

   $ 69      $ 59   

Institutional

     36        37   

Total

   $ 105      $ 96   

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 51      $ 38   

Fixed Income

     35        32   

Liquidity/Other

     19        26   

Total

   $ 105      $ 96   

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

      

Personal

   $ 27      $ 26   

Institutional

     77        94   

Total

   $ 104      $ 120   

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 53      $ 41   

Fixed Income

     24        25   

Liquidity/Other

     27        54   

Total

   $ 104      $ 120   
(a) As of March 31.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $132 million at March 31, 2010 and $66 million at March 31, 2009.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to National City.
(d) Excludes brokerage account assets.

Asset Management Group earned $39 million for the first quarters of 2010 and 2009. Assets under administration were $209 billion at March 31, 2010. The quarter reflected higher noninterest income, lower provision for credit losses, and lower expenses from disciplined expense management. These improvements offset a decrease in net interest income from lower yields on loans in the first quarter of 2009.

Highlights of Asset Management Group’s performance during the first three months of 2010 include the following:

 

Successfully executed the first and largest of the National City trust system conversions;

 

Delivered solid sales and client retention results;

 

Managed expenses; and

 

Credit performance began to stabilize.

Assets under administration of $209 billion at March 31, 2010 decreased $7 billion compared with the balance at March 31, 2009. Discretionary assets under management of $105 billion at March 31, 2010 increased $9 billion compared with the balance at March 31, 2009 due to improvement in the equity markets and client acquisition and retention. The increase in discretionary assets under management was more than offset by a decrease in nondiscretionary assets of $16 billion as a result of an exit of a noncore product offering and other National City integration impacts.

Total revenue for the first quarter of 2010 was $228 million, compared with $250 million for the same period in 2009. Net interest income for the first quarter decreased $32 million compared with the first quarter of 2009, primarily due to a reduction in higher yield loans. Noninterest income of $164 million for the quarter increased $10 million compared with the first quarter of 2009. The growth was primarily due to the improved equity markets and continued client expansion.

Provision for credit losses was $9 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with $17 million for the first three months of 2009. The decrease reflected a decline in net charge-offs of $7 million. Charge-offs were $4 million for the first three months of 2010 and $11 million for the first three months of 2009.

Noninterest expense of $157 million in the first quarter of 2010 decreased $13 million from the first quarter of 2009. The decline is attributable to disciplined expense management as well as integration-related initiatives. The implementation of efficiency initiatives will continue through the remainder of 2010.

Average deposits for the first three months of 2010 decreased $461 million, or 6%, from the comparable period last year.


 

35


Table of Contents

The decrease was due to a strategic exit of higher rate certificates of deposit, expected to continue in 2010. Average loan balances decreased $304 million, or 4%, from the first quarter of 2009. Home equity loans grew while commercial loans and residential mortgages declined.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2010     2009  

INCOME STATEMENT

      

Net interest income

   $ 80      $ 91   

Noninterest income

      

Loan servicing revenue

      

Servicing fees

     69        59   

Net MSR hedging gains

     46        202   

Loan sales revenue

     39        175   

Other

     3        1   

Total noninterest income

     157        437   

Total revenue

     237        528   

Provision for (recoveries of) credit losses

     (16     (9

Noninterest expense

     124        173   

Pretax earnings

     129        364   

Income taxes

     47        137   

Earnings

   $ 82      $ 227   

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

      

Portfolio loans

   $ 2,820      $ 1,430   

Loans held for sale

     974        2,693   

Mortgage servicing rights (MSR)

     1,264        1,164   

Other assets

     3,797        1,932   

Total assets

   $ 8,855      $ 7,219   

Deposits

   $ 3,602      $ 4,101   

Borrowings and other liabilities

     2,279        2,080   

Capital

     1,781        1,271   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 7,662      $ 7,452   

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

Return on average capital

     19     72

Efficiency

     52     33

OTHER INFORMATION

      

Servicing portfolio for others (in billions) (a)

   $ 141      $ 168   

Fixed rate

     89     87

Adjustable rate/balloon

     11     13

Weighted average interest rate

     5.79     5.99

MSR capitalized value (in billions)

   $ 1.3      $ 1.0   

MSR capitalization value (in basis points)

     90        62   

Weighted average servicing fee (in basis points)

     30        30   

Loan origination volume (in billions)

   $ 2.0      $ 6.9   

Percentage of originations represented by:

      

Agency and government programs

     98     97

Refinance volume

     73     83

Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)

   $ 418      $ 267   

Impaired loans (a) (c)

   $ 298      $ 533   
(a) As of March 31.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $239 million at March 31, 2010 and $100 million at March 31, 2009.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to National City.

 

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $82 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared with $227 million in the first quarter of 2009. Earnings decreased from the first quarter of 2009 primarily due to lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights and reduced loan sales revenue.

Residential Mortgage Banking overview:

   

Total loan originations were $2.0 billion for the first three months of 2010 compared with $6.9 billion for the first three months of 2009. Lower mortgage rates in the first quarter of 2009 resulted in high loan application and origination volumes. Loans continued to be primarily originated through direct channels under FNMA, FHLMC and FHA/VA agency guidelines.

Investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable representations. At March 31, 2010, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Residential Mortgage Banking business segment was $188 million. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

   

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $141 billion at March 31, 2010 compared with $168 billion at March 31, 2009. Payoffs continued to outpace new direct loan origination volume during the quarter. The decline from a year earlier also reflected the sale of a $7.9 billion servicing portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2009.

   

Noninterest income was $157 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $437 million in the first quarter of 2009. The decline was due to lower net hedging gains on mortgage servicing rights and reduced loan sales revenue related to strong loan origination refinance volume in the first quarter of 2009.

   

Net interest income was $80 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with $91 million for the first three months of 2009. The decrease resulted from lower residential mortgage loans held for sale.

   

Noninterest expense declined to $124 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $173 million in the first quarter of 2009 as lower loan origination volume drove a reduction in expense.

   

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010 compared with $1.0 billion at March 31, 2009.


 

36


Table of Contents

BLACKROCK

Information related to our equity investment in BlackRock follows:

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions

   2010     2009  

Business segment earnings (a)

   $ 77      $ 23   

PNC’s share of BlackRock earnings (b)

     23     31.5
(a) Includes PNC’s share of BlackRock’s reported GAAP earnings and additional income taxes on those earnings incurred by PNC.
(b) At March 31.

PNC accounts for its investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting. The carrying value of PNC’s investment in BlackRock was $5.8 billion at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

BLACKROCK/BARCLAYS GLOBAL INVESTORS TRANSACTION

As more fully described in Item 7 of our 2009 Form 10-K, on December 1, 2009, BlackRock acquired BGI from Barclays Bank PLC in exchange for approximately $6.65 billion in cash and 37,566,771 shares of BlackRock common and participating preferred stock. In connection with the BGI transaction, BlackRock entered into a stock purchase agreement with PNC in which we purchased 3,556,188 shares of BlackRock’s Series D Preferred Stock at a price of $140.60 per share, or $500 million, to partially finance the transaction. On January 31, 2010, the Series D Preferred Stock was converted to Series B Preferred Stock.

BLACKROCK LTIP AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS

PNC’s noninterest income for the first quarter of 2009 included a pretax gain of $98 million related to our BlackRock LTIP shares obligation. This gain represented the mark-to-market adjustment related to our remaining

BlackRock LTIP common shares obligation and resulted from the decrease in the market value of BlackRock common shares in that period.

Item 7 of our 2009 Form 10-K describes the Exchange Agreement that PNC entered into with BlackRock on December 26, 2008 and the Exchange Agreement that BlackRock entered into with Merrill Lynch on that same date and the resulting impact on PNC’s equity ownership interest in BlackRock that was effective February 27, 2009. The PNC and Merrill Lynch Exchange Agreements restructured PNC’s and Merrill Lynch’s respective ownership of BlackRock common and preferred equity.

In connection with the PNC Exchange Agreement, PNC’s obligation to deliver BlackRock common shares in connection with the BlackRock LTIP was replaced with an obligation to deliver shares of BlackRock’s new Series C Preferred Stock. PNC acquired 2.9 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock from BlackRock in exchange for common shares on that same date. PNC accounts for its BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock at fair value, which offsets the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. The fair value amount of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets. Additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included in Note 8 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

PNC accounts for its remaining investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting. As a result of the Exchange Agreements, our percentage ownership of BlackRock common stock (approximately 34% at March 31, 2010) is higher than our overall share of BlackRock’s equity and earnings. The transactions related to the Exchange Agreements do not affect our right to receive dividends declared by BlackRock.


 

37


Table of Contents

DISTRESSED ASSETS PORTFOLIO

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2010     2009  

INCOME STATEMENT

      

Net interest income

   $ 338      $ 331   

Noninterest income

     (1     13   

Total revenue

     337        344   

Provision for credit losses

     165        259   

Noninterest expense

     58        80   

Pretax earnings

     114        5   

Income taxes

     42        2   

Earnings

   $ 72      $ 3   

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

      

COMMERCIAL LENDING:

      

Commercial

   $ 115      $ 198   

Commercial real estate

      

Real estate projects

     2,404        3,526   

Commercial mortgage

     80        93   

Equipment lease financing

     803        858   

Total commercial lending

     3,402        4,675   

CONSUMER LENDING:

      

Consumer:

      

Home equity lines of credit

     4,533        5,297   

Home equity installment loans

     2,015        2,553   

Other consumer

     25        10   

Total consumer

     6,573        7,860   

Residential real estate:

      

Residential mortgage

     7,717        9,231   

Residential construction

     473        1,541   

Total residential real estate

     8,190        10,772   

Total consumer lending

     14,763        18,632   

Total portfolio loans

     18,165        23,307   

Other assets

     1,342        1,509   

Total assets

   $ 19,507      $ 24,816   

Deposits

   $ 85      $ 45   

Other liabilities

     55        107   

Capital

     1,353        1,570   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,493      $ 1,722   

OTHER INFORMATION

      

Nonperforming assets (a) (b)

   $ 1,777      $ 933   

Impaired loans (a) (c)

   $ 7,124      $ 8,778   

Net charge-offs (d)

   $ 111      $ 51   

Net charge-offs as a percentage of portfolio loans (annualized) (d)

     2.48     .89
 

LOANS (IN BILLIONS) (a)

      

Commercial

      

Residential development

   $ 2.6      $ 3.5   

Cross-border leases

     .8        .8   

Consumer

      

Brokered home equity

     6.3        7.1   

Retail mortgages

     5.1        6.4   

Non-prime mortgages

     1.7        2.0   

Residential construction

     1.6        2.4   

Total loans

   $ 18.1      $ 22.2   

 

(a) As of March 31.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $1.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and $.7 billion at March 31, 2009.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to National City, adjusted to reflect additional loan impairments effective December 31, 2008. At March 31, 2010, this segment contained 73% of PNC’s purchased impaired loans.
(d) For the three months ended March 31.

This business segment consists primarily of assets acquired with National City. The Distressed Assets Portfolio had earnings of $72 million for the first three months of 2010, compared to $3 million for the first three months of 2009. Earnings improved primarily due to lower provision for credit losses and lower noninterest expense.

Distressed Assets Portfolio overview:

 

Average loans declined to $18.2 billion in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $23.3 billion in the first quarter of 2009. The decline was impacted by portfolio management activities including loan sales and efforts to encourage customers to refinance or pay off consumer loan balances.

 

Net interest income was $338 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with $331 million for the first three months of 2009. The increase was driven by higher accretion on impaired loans due to improved cash collection results which more than offset the decline in average loans.

 

Noninterest income reflected a loss of $1 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared with revenue of $13 million for the first quarter of 2009 due to an increase in recourse reserves for brokered home equity loans sold. First quarter 2009 results included asset disposition gains which were higher than those in the first quarter of 2010.

 

The provision for credit losses was $165 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared with $259 million in the first quarter 2009. The decline was largely driven by the consumer loan portfolio.

 

Noninterest expense for the first three months of 2010 of $58 million declined $22 million compared with the first three months of 2009 primarily due to lower other real estate owned related expenses and losses.

 

The loan portfolio included commercial residential development loans, cross border leases, consumer brokered home equity loans and lines, retail mortgages, non-prime mortgages, and residential construction loans.

 

Certain loans in this business segment may require special servicing given current loan performance and market conditions. Consequently, the business activities of this segment are focused on maximizing the value of the portfolio assigned to it while mitigating risk. Business intent drives the inclusion of assets in this business segment. Not all impaired loans are included in this business segment, nor are all of the loans included in this business segment considered impaired.

 

The $18.1 billion of loans held in this portfolio are stated inclusive of a fair value mark at acquisition. Taking the mark and loan loss allowance into account, the net carrying basis of this loan portfolio is 77% of customer outstandings.


 

38


Table of Contents
 

The commercial residential development portfolio has undergone a loan review of the project collateral, including certain site visits. A team of asset managers has been assembled to address workout strategies. Actions taken on the portfolio included reducing unfunded loan exposure, foreclosing on residential real estate development properties, and selling loans.

 

Brokered home equity loans include closed-end second liens and open-end home equity lines of credit. Our focus for managing these portfolios is to maximize the value of the portfolio. We have implemented several modification programs to assist the loss mitigation teams that manage this risk. Additionally, we have initiated several voluntary and involuntary programs to reduce and/or block line availability on home equity lines of credit.

 

Retail mortgages are primarily jumbo and ALT-A first lien mortgages originated for sale in the second half of 2007 for which firm commitments to lend had been extended but there was no market to sell the production. As part of our loss mitigation strategy, we have transferred a small portfolio to a third party servicer. Additionally, given the low level of mortgage rates relative to where these loans were originated, we have implemented several internal and external refinance programs to proactively work with the borrowers to explore refinance alternatives that would allow them to qualify for a conforming mortgage loan which would be originated and sold by the company or the third party originator.

 

Active construction loans remain available as a part of some construction phases of the real estate development and have not been fully funded. Properties are reviewed

   

by a dedicated team to assess the appropriate strategy for optimizing the return on these assets while mitigating risk. To the extent we believe that completion of the construction on a particular project will maximize value, additional advances under the construction facility may be considered. The goal for these projects would be to move such project toward completion. Otherwise, the property is to be managed on an “as is” basis or returned to raw land for sale.

 

Completed construction loans are comprised of loans on which all phases of property construction are complete and the loan has been funded as needed to allow for construction completion. We are managing completed construction loans consistent with the strategies for residential real estate loans.

The fair value marks taken upon our acquisition of National City, along with the team assembled to provide specific focus on this business segment, put us in a good position to manage these assets. Additionally, our capital and liquidity position provide us flexibility to be prudent in terms of continuing to hold these assets or selling them to another investor to obtain the optimum return.

When loans are sold, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable representations. At March 31, 2010, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Distressed Assets Portfolio business segment was $63 million. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.


 

39


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Note 1 Accounting Policies in Part II, Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K and in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report describe the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or be subject to variations that may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

We must use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. This includes the initial measurement at fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions qualifying as business combinations.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by independent third-party sources, including appraisers and valuation specialists, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We discuss the following critical accounting policies and judgments under this same heading in Item 7 of our 2009 Form 10-K:

   

Fair Value Measurements

   

Allowances For Loan And Lease Losses And Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters of Credit

   

Estimated Cash Flows on Purchased Impaired Loans

   

Goodwill

   

Lease Residuals

   

Revenue Recognition

   

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

   

Income Taxes

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights – In conjunction with the acquisition of National City, PNC acquired servicing rights for residential real estate loans. We have elected to measure these mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value. MSRs are established and valued using discounted cash flow modeling techniques which require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and numerous other factors.

PNC employs a risk management strategy designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates. MSR values

are economically hedged with securities and a portfolio of derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, forward mortgage-backed, and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value which are negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolio. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSR assets. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to hedge this risk requires significant management judgment to assess how mortgage rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be volatile in the short term, but over longer periods of time are expected to protect the economic value of the MSR portfolio.

The fair value of residential MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation model as of March 31, 2010 are shown in the table below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are the most significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses an internal proprietary model to estimate future loan prepayments. This model uses empirical data drawn from the historical performance of our managed portfolio, as adjusted for current market conditions. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.

 

Dollars in millions    March 31,
2010
 

Fair value

   $ 1,271   

Weighted-average life (in years)

     3.7   

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     21.98

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates

     12.17

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.


 

40


Table of Contents
Dollars in millions    March  31,
2010

Prepayment rate:

    

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 56

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 108

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates:

    

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 53

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 102

Additional information regarding our Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments is found elsewhere in this Financial Review and in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K and in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Also, see Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report regarding the impact of the adoption of new accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

STATUS OF QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (plan or pension plan) covering eligible employees. Benefits are derived from cash balance formulas based on compensation levels, age and length of service. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. Consistent with our investment strategy, plan assets are primarily invested in equity investments and fixed income instruments. Plan fiduciaries determine and review the plan’s investment policy, which is described more fully in Note 15 Employee Benefit Plans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K.

We calculate the expense associated with the pension plan and the assumptions and methods that we use include a policy of reflecting trust assets at their fair market value. On an annual basis, we review the actuarial assumptions related to the pension plan, including the discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the expected return on plan assets. The discount rate and compensation increase assumptions do not significantly affect pension expense.

However, the expected long-term return on assets assumption does significantly affect pension expense. Our expected long-term return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension expense was 8.25% for 2009, 2008 and 2007. The expected return on plan assets is a long-term assumption established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. While this analysis gives appropriate consideration to recent asset performance and historical returns, the assumption represents a long-term prospective return. We review this assumption at each measurement date and adjust it if warranted.

 

For purposes of setting and reviewing this assumption, “long term” refers to the period over which the plan’s projected benefit obligation will be disbursed. While year-to-year annual returns can vary significantly (rates of return for the reporting years of 2009, 2008, and 2007 were +20.61%, -32.91%, and +7.57% respectively), the assumption represents our estimate of long-term average prospective returns. Our selection process references certain historical data and the current environment, but primarily utilizes qualitative judgment regarding future return expectations. Recent annual returns may differ but, recognizing the volatility and unpredictability of investment returns, we generally do not change the assumption unless we modify our investment strategy or identify events that would alter our expectations of future returns.

To evaluate the continued reasonableness of our assumption, we examine a variety of viewpoints and data. Various studies have shown that portfolios comprised primarily of US equity securities have returned approximately 10% over long periods of time, while US debt securities have returned approximately 6% annually over long periods. Application of these historical returns to the plan’s allocation of equities and bonds produces a result between 8% and 8.5% and is one point of reference, among many other factors, that is taken into consideration. We also examine the plan’s actual historical returns over various periods. Recent experience is considered in our evaluation with appropriate consideration that, especially for short time periods, recent returns are not reliable indicators of future returns, and in many cases low returns in recent time periods are followed by higher returns in future periods (and vice versa).

Acknowledging the potentially wide range for this assumption, we also annually examine the assumption used by other companies with similar pension investment strategies, so that we can ascertain whether our determinations markedly differ from other observers. In all cases, however, this data simply informs our process, which places the greatest emphasis on our qualitative judgment of future investment returns, given the conditions existing at each annual measurement date.

The expected long-term return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension cost for 2010 is 8.00%, down from 8.25% for 2009. During 2010, we decreased the midpoint of the plan’s target allocation range for equities by approximately five percentage points. As a result of this change and taking into account all other factors described above, we changed the expected long-term return on plan assets to 8.00% for determining net periodic pension cost for 2010. Under current accounting rules, the difference between expected long-term returns and actual returns is accumulated and amortized to pension expense over future periods. Each one percentage point difference in actual return compared with our expected return causes expense in subsequent years to change by up to $8 million as the impact is amortized into results of operations.


 

41


Table of Contents

The table below reflects the estimated effects on pension expense of certain changes in annual assumptions, using 2010 estimated expense as a baseline.

 

Change in Assumption(a)   

Estimated
Increase to 2010
Pension
Expense

(In millions)

 .5% decrease in discount rate

   $ 10

 .5% decrease in expected long-term return on assets

   $ 18

 .5% increase in compensation rate

   $ 3
(a) The impact is the effect of changing the specified assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

We currently estimate a pretax pension expense of $41 million in 2010 compared with pretax expense of $117 million in 2009. This year-over-year reduction was primarily due to the amortization impact of the favorable 2009 investment returns as compared with the expected long-term return assumption.

Our pension plan contribution requirements are not particularly sensitive to actuarial assumptions. Investment performance has the most impact on contribution requirements and will drive the amount of permitted contributions in future years. Also, current law, including the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, sets limits as to both minimum and maximum contributions to the plan. We do not expect to be required by law to make any contributions to the plan for 2010.

We maintain other defined benefit plans that have a less significant effect on financial results, including various nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees.

RISK MANAGEMENT

We encounter risks as part of the normal course of our business and we design risk management processes to help manage these risks.

The Risk Management section included in Item 7 of our 2009 Form 10-K includes a description of our risk management philosophy, principles, governance and various aspects of our corporate-level risk management program, and a 2009 overview of enterprise-wide risk. Additionally, our 2009 Form 10-K provides an analysis of the risk management processes for what we view as our primary areas of risk: credit, operational, liquidity and market, as well as a discussion of our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process, and addresses historical performance in appropriate places within the Risk Management section of that report.

The following information updates our 2009 Form 10-K disclosures in the credit, liquidity, market, and financial derivatives areas.

 

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks.

Nonperforming, Past Due And Potential Problem Assets

The pace of credit quality deterioration continued to ease during the first quarter of 2010 and, overall, delinquencies and nonperforming loans continued to show signs of stabilization compared with prior quarters.

Nonperforming assets were $6.5 billion at March 31, 2010, reflecting a nominal increase compared with $6.3 billion at December 31, 2009. Nonperforming loans increased $90 million since December 31, 2009 while foreclosed and other assets increased $134 million. The increase in nonperforming assets of $224 million from year-end 2009 to March 31, 2010 was lower than the increase in nonperforming assets in the past three consecutive quarters of 2009 of $672 million, $988 million and $1.1 billion, respectively.

Nonperforming assets at March 31, 2010 declined in the Retail Banking, Asset Management Group and Distressed Assets Portfolio business segments compared with the balances at December 31, 2009 and increased in the Corporate & Institutional Banking and Residential Mortgage Banking business segments as detailed within the Business Segments Review section of this Report.

Purchased impaired loans are excluded from nonperforming loans. Any decrease in expected cash flows of individual commercial or pooled consumer purchased impaired loans would result in an impairment charge to the provision for loan losses in the period in which the change becomes probable. Any increase in the expected cash flows of purchased impaired loans would first result in a recovery of previously recorded allowance for loan losses and then an increase to accretable interest income for the remaining life of the impaired loans. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans Related to National City in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

The portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses allocated to commercial lending nonperforming loans was 27% at March 31, 2010 and 29% at December 31, 2009. Approximately 67% of these nonperforming loans are secured by collateral that is expected to reduce credit losses and require less reserves in the event of default. Nonperforming assets were 4.14% of total loans and foreclosed and other assets at March 31, 2010 compared with 3.99% at December 31, 2009.


 

42


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets By Type

 

In millions   

March 31

2010

  

Dec. 31

2009

Nonaccrual loans

       

Commercial

       

Retail/wholesale

   $ 246    $ 231

Manufacturing

     341      423

Other service providers

     527      394

Real estate related (a)

     460      419

Financial services

     77      117

Health care

     48      41

Other

     134      181

Total commercial

     1,833      1,806

Commercial real estate

       

Real estate projects

     1,797      1,754

Commercial mortgage

     419      386

Total commercial real estate

     2,216      2,140

Equipment lease financing

     123      130

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     4,172      4,076

Consumer

       

Home equity

     337      356

Other

     35      36

Total consumer

     372      392

Residential real estate

       

Residential mortgage

     968      955

Residential construction

     249      248

Total residential real estate

     1,217      1,203

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     1,589      1,595

Total nonperforming loans

     5,761      5,671

Foreclosed and other assets

       

Commercial lending

     328      266

Consumer lending

     451      379

Total foreclosed and other assets

     779      645

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 6,540    $ 6,316
(a) Includes loans related to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Change In Nonperforming Assets

 

In millions    2010     2009  

January 1

   $ 6,316      $ 2,181   

Transferred from accrual

     1,774        2,028   

Charge-offs and valuation adjustments

     (620     (310

Principal activity including payoffs

     (278     (235

Asset sales

     (265     (126

Returned to performing -TDRs

     (217    

Returned to performing-Other

     (170     (20

March 31

   $ 6,540      $ 3,518   

Total nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets in the tables above are significantly lower than they would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in lower ratios of nonperforming loans to total loans and allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans. We recorded purchased impaired loans at estimated fair value of $12.7 billion at December 31, 2008, including an impairment mark for life of loan credit losses. These loans are considered performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual

terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans. The accretable interest/yield represents the excess of expected cash flows on the loans at the measurement date over the recorded investment. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans Related to National City in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on those loans.

At March 31, 2010, our largest nonperforming asset was approximately $32 million and our average nonperforming loan associated with commercial lending was approximately $1 million.

The amount of nonperforming loans that were current as to principal and interest was $1.5 billion at March 31, 2010 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2009.

Loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties where we do not receive adequate compensation are considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation activities and could include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, forbearance and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Total nonperforming loans included TDRs of $385 million at March 31, 2010 and $440 million at December 31, 2009. Purchased impaired loans are excluded from TDRs.

TDRs returned to performing (accrual) status totaled $217 million at March 31, 2010 and are excluded from nonperforming loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the modified terms.

In addition, credit cards and certain small business and consumer credit agreements whose terms have been modified totaled $279 million at March 31, 2010 and are excluded from nonperforming loans. Our policy is generally to exempt these loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance as these loans are directly charged off in the period that they become 180 days past due.

Accruing Loans Past Due 30 To 89 Days (a)

 

     Amount    Percent of Outstandings  
Dollars in millions   

March 31

2010

  

Dec. 31

2009

   March 31
2010
   

Dec. 31

2009

 

Commercial

   $ 622    $ 684    1.15   1.26

Commercial real estate

     859      666    4.19      3.10   

Equipment lease financing

     97      128    1.59      2.06   

Consumer

     440      438    .85      .87   

Residential real estate

     464      472    3.14      3.12   

Total (b)

   $ 2,482    $ 2,388    1.68      1.62   

 

43


Table of Contents

Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days Or More (a)

 

     Amount    Percent of Outstandings  
Dollars in millions   

March 31

2010

  

Dec. 31

2009

   March 31
2010
   

Dec. 31

2009

 

Commercial

   $ 201    $ 188    .37   .35

Commercial real estate

     111      150    .54      .70   

Equipment lease financing

     2      6    .03      .10   

Consumer

     248      226    .48      .45   

Residential real estate

     284      314    1.92      2.07   

Total (c)

   $ 846    $ 884    .57      .60   
(a) Excludes loans that are government insured/guaranteed, primarily residential mortgages.
(b) Excludes impaired loans acquired from National City totaling $.6 billion at March 31, 2010 and $.8 billion at December 31, 2009. These loans are excluded as they were recorded at estimated fair value when acquired and are currently considered performing loans due to the accretion of interest in purchase accounting.
(c) Excludes impaired loans acquired from National City totaling $2.5 billion at March 31, 2010 and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2009. These loans are excluded as they were recorded at estimated fair value when acquired and are currently considered performing loans due to the accretion of interest in purchase accounting.

Loans that are not included in nonperforming or past due categories and which we are uncertain about the borrower’s ability to comply with existing repayment terms over the next six months totaled $1.2 billion at March 31, 2010 and $811 million at December 31, 2009. The increase compared with December 31, 2009 was driven by exposures in commercial real estate arising from the challenges of attracting tenants as construction projects near completion, or the loss of tenants/lease rate concessions on completed projects.

Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to absorb losses from the loan portfolio. We determine the allowance based on quarterly assessments of the estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio. While we make allocations to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all loan and lease losses. There were no significant changes during the first three months of 2010 to the process and procedures we follow to determine our allowance of loan and lease losses.

We increased the allowance for loan and lease losses to $5.3 billion at March 31, 2010 compared with $5.1 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to consolidation of the securitized credit card portfolio. The allowance as a percent of nonperforming loans was 92% and as a percent of total loans was 3.38% at March 31, 2010. The comparable percentages at December 31, 2009 were 89% and 3.22%. The majority of the commercial portfolio is secured by collateral, including loans to asset-based lending customers that continue to show demonstrably lower loss given default. Further, the large high investment grade portion of the loan portfolio has performed well and has not been subject to significant deterioration.

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses is significantly lower than it would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans. Loan loss reserves on the purchased impaired loans were not carried over on the date of acquisition. In addition, these loans were recorded net of $9.2 billion of fair value marks as of December 31, 2008. As a result, the ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans is lower than it would be otherwise. Since acquisition date, additional reserves of $.6 billion have been provided for purchased impaired loans.

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we maintain an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We report this allowance as a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We determine this amount using estimates of the probability of the ultimate funding and losses related to those credit exposures. This methodology is similar to the one we use for determining the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses.

We refer you to Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans Related to National City in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report regarding changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses and in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit.

We believe that our provision for credit losses may have peaked in the fourth quarter of 2009 and that our provision for full year 2010 will be below the provision for 2009. Future provision levels will depend primarily on the level of nonperforming loans, our related coverage ratios, the pace of economic recovery and the nature of regulatory reforms.

Charge-Offs And Recoveries

 

Three months ended March 1

Dollars in millions

   Charge-
offs
   Recoveries   

Net
Charge-

offs

   

Percent

of

Average
Loans

 

2010

            

Commercial

   $ 273    $ 65    $ 208      1.52

Commercial real estate

     238      33      205      3.71   

Equipment lease financing

     36      12      24      1.59   

Consumer

     242      26      216      1.58   

Residential real estate

     38             38      .79   

Total

   $ 827    $ 136    $ 691      1.77

2009

            

Commercial

   $ 209    $ 16    $ 193      1.16

Commercial real estate

     106      5      101      1.60   

Equipment lease financing

     23      5      18      1.14   

Consumer

     148      27      121      .93   

Residential real estate

     26      28      (2   (.04

Total

   $ 512    $ 81    $ 431      1.01

 

44


Table of Contents

We establish reserves to provide coverage for probable losses not considered in the specific, pool and consumer reserve methodologies, such as, but not limited to, the following:

   

industry concentrations and conditions,

   

credit quality trends,

   

recent loss experience in particular sectors of the portfolio,

   

ability and depth of lending management,

   

changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

timing of available information.

Total net charge-offs are significantly lower than they would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of net charge-offs to average loans. Customer balances related to these impaired loans were reduced by the fair value marks of $9.2 billion as of December 31, 2008. However, as a result of further credit deterioration on purchased impaired commercial loans, we recorded $62 million of net charge-offs during the first three months of 2010. Net charge-offs were not recorded on purchased impaired consumer pools.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

From a credit risk management perspective, we buy and sell credit loss protection via the use of credit derivatives. When we buy loss protection by purchasing a credit default swap (CDS), we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs for a particular obligor or reference entity. We purchase CDSs to mitigate the risk of economic loss on a portion of our loan exposures and for trading purposes.

We also sell loss protection to mitigate the net premium cost and the impact of fair value accounting on the CDS in cases where we buy protection to hedge the loan portfolio and for trading purposes. These activities represent additional risk positions rather than hedges of risk.

We approve counterparty credit lines for all of our trading activities, including CDSs. Counterparty credit lines are approved based on a review of credit quality in accordance with our traditional credit quality standards and credit policies. The credit risk of our counterparties is monitored in the normal course of business. In addition, all counterparty credit lines are subject to collateral thresholds and exposures above these thresholds are secured.

CDSs are included in the “Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP” table in the Financial Derivatives section of this Risk Management discussion. Net gains from CDSs for proprietary trading positions, reflected in other noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement, totaled $4 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with net losses of $11 million for the first three months of 2009.

 

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. We manage liquidity risk at the bank and parent company to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances.

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the deposit base that comes from our retail and corporate banking businesses. Other borrowed funds come from a diverse mix of short and long-term funding sources. Liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to maintain our liquidity position.

Liquid assets consist of short-term investments (Federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities, and interest-earning deposits with banks) and securities available for sale. At March 31, 2010, our liquid assets totaled $53.1 billion, with $25.3 billion pledged as collateral for borrowings, trust, and other commitments.

Bank Level Liquidity

Spot and forward funding gap analyses are the primary metrics used to measure and monitor bank liquidity risk. Funding gaps represent the difference in projected sources of liquidity available to offset projected uses. We calculate funding gaps for the overnight, thirty day, ninety day, one-hundred eighty day and one year time intervals. Risk limits are established within the Liquidity Risk policy. Compliance is regularly reviewed by management’s Asset and Liability Committee.

PNC Bank, N.A. can borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland’s (Federal Reserve Bank) discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. These borrowings are secured by securities and commercial loans. PNC Bank, N.A. is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)-Pittsburgh and as such has access to advances from FHLB-Pittsburgh secured generally by residential mortgage and other mortgage-related loans. At March 31, 2010, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $24.3 billion with the Federal Reserve Bank and $7.4 billion with FHLB-Pittsburgh.

Total FHLB borrowings were $8.7 billion at March 31, 2010 compared with $10.8 billion at December 31, 2009.

We can also obtain funding through traditional forms of borrowing, including Federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, and short and long-term debt issuances. PNC Bank, N.A. has the ability to offer up to $20 billion in senior and subordinated unsecured debt obligations with maturities of more than nine months. Through March 31, 2010, PNC Bank, N.A. had issued $6.9 billion of debt under this program.

PNC Bank, N.A. also has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of its commercial paper. As of March 31, 2010, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.


 

45


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2010, there were $7.2 billion of bank borrowings with maturities of less than one year.

Parent Company Liquidity

Our parent company’s routine funding needs consist primarily of dividends to PNC shareholders, share repurchases, debt service, the funding of non-bank affiliates, and acquisitions.

Parent company liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to meet these requirements over the succeeding 24-month period. Risk limits for parent company liquidity are established within the Enterprise Capital Management Policy. Compliance is reviewed by the Board of Directors’ Joint Risk Committee.

The principal source of parent company cash flow is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary bank, which may be impacted by the following:

   

Bank-level capital needs,

   

Laws and regulations,

   

Corporate policies,

   

Contractual restrictions, and

   

Other factors.

Also, there are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. See Note 23 Regulatory Matters in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K for a further discussion of these limitations. Dividends may also be impacted by the bank’s capital needs and by contractual restrictions. We provide additional information on certain contractual restrictions under the “Perpetual Trust Securities,” “PNC Capital Trust E Trust Preferred Securities,” and “Acquired Entity Trust Preferred Securities” sections of the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities section of this Financial Review. The amount available for dividend payments to the parent company by PNC Bank, N.A. without prior regulatory approval was approximately $735 million at March 31, 2010.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, N.A., other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and short-term investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. As of March 31, 2010, the parent company had approximately $1.9 billion in funds available from its cash and short-term investments.

We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of securities in public or private markets.

During the first quarter of 2010 we raised $3.4 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 63.9 million shares of common stock in an underwritten offering at $54 per share.

 

On February 8, 2010, PNC Funding Corp issued the following securities:

   

$1 billion of senior notes due February 2015; interest will be paid semiannually at a fixed rate of 3.625%.

   

$1 billion of senior notes due February 2020; interest will be paid semiannually at a fixed rate of 5.125%.

As approved by the Federal Reserve Board, US Treasury and our other banking regulators, on February 10, 2010, we redeemed all 75,792 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series N (Series N Preferred Stock) issued to the US Treasury on December 31, 2008 totaling $7.6 billion. We used the net proceeds from the common stock and senior notes offerings described above and other parent company funds to redeem the Series N Preferred Stock.

Dividends of $89 million were paid on February 10, 2010 when the Series N Preferred Stock was redeemed. PNC paid total dividends of $421 million to the US Treasury while the Series N Preferred Stock was outstanding.

In connection with the redemption of the Series N Preferred Stock, we accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series N Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $250 million during the first quarter of 2010. This resulted in a one-time, noncash reduction in net income attributable to common stockholders and related basic and diluted earnings per share.

See Note 19 Equity in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K for more details regarding the issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock, related issuance discount and the warrant to purchase common shares to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. See Note 20 Subsequent Event in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statement of this Report regarding the May 2010 exchange of the TARP warrant for 16,885,192 warrants, each to purchase one share of PNC common stock, and the sale of such warrants by the US Treasury in a secondary public offering.

PNC Bank, N.A., through its subsidiary PNC Funding Corp, has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of commercial paper to provide the parent company with additional liquidity. As of March 31, 2010, there was $322 million outstanding under this program.

We have effective shelf registration statements pursuant to which we can issue additional debt and equity securities, including certain hybrid capital instruments. As of March 31, 2010, there were $2.5 billion of parent company borrowings with maturities of less than one year.


 

46


Table of Contents

Status of Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of short- and long-term funding, as well as collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments, is influenced by debt ratings. In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. In addition, rating agencies themselves have been subject to scrutiny arising from the financial crisis and could make or be required to make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices, particularly in response to legislative and regulatory changes. Potential changes in the legislative and regulatory environment and the timing of those changes could impact our ratings, which as noted above, could impact our liquidity and financial condition. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

Credit ratings as of March 31, 2010 for PNC and PNC Bank, N.A. follow:

 

      Moody’s    Standard
&
Poor’s
   Fitch

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

          

Senior debt

   A3    A    A+

Subordinated debt

   Baa1    A-    A

Preferred stock

   Baa3    BBB    A
 

PNC Bank, N.A.

          

Subordinated debt

   A2    A    A

Long-term deposits

   A1    A+    AA-

Short-term deposits

   P-1    A-1    F1+

Commitments

The following tables set forth contractual obligations and various other commitments as of March 31, 2010 representing required and potential cash outflows.

Contractual Obligations

 

March 31, 2010 – in millions    Total

Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits

   $ 49,140

Borrowed funds

     42,461

Minimum annual rentals on noncancellable leases

     2,497

Nonqualified pension and postretirement benefits

     539

Purchase obligations (a)

     843

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 95,480
(a) Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

 

At March 31, 2010, the liability for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, was $227 million. This liability represents an estimate of tax positions that we have taken in our tax returns which may ultimately not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, this estimated liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. See Note 15 Income Taxes in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

Other Commitments (a)

 

March 31, 2010 – in millions    Total
Amounts
Committed

Net unfunded credit commitments

   $ 96,363

Standby letters of credit (b)

     10,063

Reinsurance agreements

     1,674

Other commitments (c)

     906

Total commitments

   $ 109,006
(a) Other commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events. Loan commitments are reported net of participations, assignments and syndications.
(b) Includes $6.0 billion of standby letters of credit that support remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes.
(c) Includes unfunded commitments related to private equity investments of $440 million and other investments of $64 million which are not on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Also includes commitments related to tax credit investments of $380 million and other direct equity investments of $22 million which are included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – INTEREST RATE RISK

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Asset and Liability Management centrally manages interest rate risk within limits and guidelines set forth in our risk management policies approved by management’s Asset and Liability Committee and the Joint Risk Committee of the Board.


 

47


Table of Contents

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the first quarters of 2010 and 2009 follow:

Interest Sensitivity Analysis

 

      First
Quarter
2010
    First
Quarter
2009
 

Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation

      

Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over following 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

   1.3   1.1

100 basis point decrease (a)

   (2.1 )%    (1.1 )% 

Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

   1.3   2.7

100 basis point decrease (a)

   (6.3 )%    (4.2 )% 

Duration of Equity Model (a)

      

Base case duration of equity (in years):

   (1.7   (4.7

Key Period-End Interest Rates

      

One-month LIBOR

   .25   .50

Three-year swap

   1.81   1.68
(a) Given the inherent limitations in certain of these measurement tools and techniques, results become less meaningful as interest rates approach zero.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. The following Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios table reflects the percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) the PNC Economist’s most likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates, and (iii) a Two-Ten Inversion (a 200 basis point inversion between two-year and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios (First Quarter 2010)

 

      PNC
Economist
    Market
Forward
    Two-Ten
Inversion
 

First year sensitivity

   1.3   1.6   .5

Second year sensitivity

   (1.6 )%    .7   (.4 )% 

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business, and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other interest rate scenarios presented in the following table. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at then current market rates.

 

The graph below presents the yield curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward.

LOGO

The first quarter 2010 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – TRADING RISK

Our trading activities include customer-driven trading in fixed income securities, equities, derivatives, and foreign exchange contracts. They also include the underwriting of fixed income and equity securities and proprietary trading.

We use value-at-risk (VaR) as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in trading activities. The Risk Committee of the Board establishes an enterprise-wide VaR limit on our trading activities.

During the first quarter of 2010, our VaR ranged between $5.9 million and $8.8 million, averaging $7.1 million. During the first quarter of 2009, our VaR ranged between $5.8 million and $7.9 million, averaging $6.6 million.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of trading-related gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Under typical market conditions, we would expect an average of two to three instances a year in which actual losses exceeded the prior day VaR measure at the enterprise-wide level. There were no such instances during the first three months of either 2010 or 2009.


 

48


Table of Contents

The following graph shows a comparison of enterprise-wide trading-related gains and losses against prior day VaR for the period.

LOGO

Trading revenue

 

Three months ended March 31

In millions

   2010    2009  

Net interest income

   $ 16    $ 19   

Noninterest income

     58      (11

Total trading revenue

   $ 74    $ 8   
 
Securities underwriting and trading (a) (b)    $40    $11  

Foreign exchange

     22      20   

Financial derivatives

     12      (23

Total trading revenue

   $ 74    $ 8   
(a) Includes changes in fair value for certain loans accounted for at fair value.
(b) Includes fee income for participating in a large debt underwriting for a large corporate client that was recognized at March 31, 2010 (see above graph).

Trading revenue excludes the impact of economic hedging activities, which relate primarily to residential mortgage servicing rights, and residential and held-for-sale commercial real estate loans.

Trading revenue for first quarter of 2010 increased $66 million compared with the first quarter of 2009 primarily due to the reduced impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions and higher underwriting revenue.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – EQUITY AND OTHER INVESTMENT RISK

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets.

BlackRock

PNC owns approximately 44 million common stock equivalent shares of BlackRock equity, accounted for under the equity method. Our investment in BlackRock was $5.8 billion at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The

market value of our investment in BlackRock was $9.5 billion at March 31, 2010. The primary risk measurement, similar to other equity investments, is economic capital. Further information about BlackRock is included in the Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review.

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are tax credit investments which are mostly accounted for under the equity method. These investments, as well as equity investments held by consolidated partnerships, totaled $2.5 billion at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Visa

At March 31, 2010, our investment in Visa Class B common shares totaled approximately 23 million shares. Considering the adjustment to the conversion ratio due to settled litigation reported by Visa, these shares would convert to approximately 13.6 million of publicly traded Visa Class A common shares. As of March 31, 2010, we had recognized $456 million of our Visa ownership, which we acquired with National City, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Based on the March 31, 2010 closing price of $91.03 for the Visa shares, the market value of our investment was $1.2 billion. The Visa Class B common shares we own generally will not be transferable, except under limited circumstances, until they can be converted into shares of the publicly traded class of stock, which cannot happen until the later of three years after the IPO or settlement of all of the specified litigation. It is expected that Visa will continue to adjust the conversion ratio of Visa Class B to Class A shares in connection with settlements in excess of any amounts then in escrow for that purpose and will also reduce the conversion ratio to the extent that it adds any funds to the escrow in the future.

Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report and Note 25 Commitments and Guarantees in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K have further information on our Visa indemnification obligation.

Private Equity

The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio comprised of equity and mezzanine investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.2 billion at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, $602 million was invested directly in a variety of companies and $601 million was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. Included in direct investments are investment activities of two private equity funds that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The noncontrolling interests of these funds totaled $137 million as of March 31, 2010. The indirect private equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee.


 

49


Table of Contents

Our unfunded commitments related to private equity totaled $440 million at March 31, 2010 compared with $453 million at December 31, 2009.

Other Investments

We also make investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. The economic values could be driven by either the fixed-income market or the equity markets, or both. At March 31, 2010, other investments totaled $367 million compared with $368 million at December 31, 2009. We recognized net gains related to these investments of $17 million during the first three months of 2010 and net losses of $71 million during the first three months of 2009. Given the nature of these investments, if market conditions affecting their valuation were to worsen, we could incur future losses.

Our unfunded commitments related to other investments totaled $64 million at March 31, 2010 and $66 million at December 31, 2009.

 

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage interest rate, market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Substantially all such instruments are used to manage risk related to changes in interest rates. Interest rate and total return swaps, interest rate caps and floors, options, forwards and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. For interest rate swaps and total return swaps, options and futures contracts, only periodic cash payments and, with respect to options, premiums are exchanged. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments. Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K and in Note 12 Financial Derivatives in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report, which is incorporated here by reference.

Not all elements of interest rate, market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial or other derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.


 

50


Table of Contents

The following table provides the notional or contractual amounts and estimated net fair value of financial derivatives at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Financial Derivatives

 

     March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
In millions    Notional/
Contractual
Amount
   Estimated
Net Fair
Value
    Notional/
Contractual
Amount
   Estimated
Net Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instrument under GAAP

            

Asset rate conversion

            

Interest rate swaps (a)

            

Receive fixed

   $ 10,061    $ 81      $ 13,055    $ (64

Forward purchase commitments

     950      4        350      1   

Liability rate conversion

            

Interest rate swaps (a)

            

Receive fixed

     14,176      816        13,048      707   

Total interest rate risk management

     25,187      901        26,453      644   

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments (b)

   $ 25,187    $ 901      $ 26,453    $ 644   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

            

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

            

Interest rate contracts

            

Swaps

   $ 48,265    $ (110   $ 38,596    $ (152

Caps/floors – Purchased

     1,700      46        5,200      50   

Futures

     61,123        41,609     

Future options

     56,300      30        18,580      28   

Swaptions

     13,680      40        24,145      (22

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     8,988      9        9,565      6   

Total residential mortgage banking activities

   $ 190,056    $ 15      $ 137,695    $ (90

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

            

Interest rate contracts

            

Swaps (c)

   $ 1,909    $ (28   $ 1,948    $ (15

Commitments related to commercial mortgage assets

     1,915      9        1,733      8   

Credit contracts

            

Credit default swaps

     435      40        460      52   

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 4,259    $ 21      $ 4,141    $ 45   

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

            

Interest rate contracts

            

Swaps (c)

   $ 88,596    $ (57   $ 91,090    $ (54

Caps/floors

            

Sold

     2,899      (10     3,457      (15

Purchased

     1,891      7        2,115      14   

Swaptions

     2,274      17        1,996      11   

Futures

     1,826        2,271     

Foreign exchange contracts

     9,167      25        8,002      14   

Equity contracts (c)

     388      (2     351     

Credit contracts

            

Risk participation agreements

     3,031              2,819      1   

Total customer-related

   $ 110,072    $ (20   $ 112,101    $ (29

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

            

Interest rate contracts

            

Swaps

   $ 2,196    $ 3      $ 4,667    $ 3   

Caps/floors – Sold

     115          

Swaptions

     725      2        720      (9

Futures

     721        145     

Future options

     2,830          

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     514      1        50     

Foreign exchange contracts

     39        41      1   

Credit contracts

            

Credit default swaps

     1,053      7        1,128      (2

Other contracts (d)

     209      (452     211      (486

Total other risk management

   $ 8,402    $ (439   $ 6,962    $ (493

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 312,789    $ (423   $ 260,899    $ (567

Total Gross Derivatives

   $ 337,976    $ 478      $ 287,352    $ 77   
(a) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on money-market indices. As a percent of notional amount, 46% were based on 1-month LIBOR and 54% on 3-month LIBOR at March 31, 2010 compared with 57% and 43%, respectively, at December 31, 2009.
(b) Fair value amount includes net accrued interest receivable of $170 million at March 31, 2010 and $162 million at December 31, 2009.
(c) The increases in the negative fair values from December 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 for interest rate contracts, foreign exchange, equity contracts and other contracts were due to the changes in fair values of the existing contracts along with new contracts entered into during 2010 and contracts terminated.
(d) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs.

 

51


Table of Contents

INTERNAL CONTROLS AND DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of March 31, 2010, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on that evaluation, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective as of March 31, 2010, and that there has been no change in PNC’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the first quarter of 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Accretable net interest – The excess of cash flows expected to be collected on a purchased impaired loan over the carrying value of the loan. The accretable net interest is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method.

Accretable yield – The excess of a loan’s cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of the loan. The accretable yield is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method.

Adjusted average total assets – Primarily comprised of total average quarterly (or annual) assets plus (less) unrealized losses (gains) on investment securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes).

Annualized – Adjusted to reflect a full year of activity.

Assets under management – Assets over which we have sole or shared investment authority for our customers/clients. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Basis point – One hundredth of a percentage point.

Cash recoveries – Cash recoveries used in the context of purchased impaired loans represent cash payments from customers that exceeded the recorded investment of the designated impaired loan.

Charge-off – Process of removing a loan or portion of a loan from our balance sheet because it is considered uncollectible.

We also record a charge-off when a loan is transferred to held for sale by reducing the loan carrying amount to the fair value of the loan, if fair value is less than carrying amount.

Client-related noninterest income – Total noninterest income included on our Consolidated Income Statement less amounts for net gains (losses) on sales of securities, net other-than-temporary impairments, and other noninterest income.

Common shareholders’ equity to total assets – Common shareholders’ equity divided by total assets. Common shareholders’ equity equals total shareholders’ equity less the liquidation value of preferred stock.

Credit derivatives – Contractual agreements, primarily credit default swaps, that provide protection against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event.

Credit spread – The difference in yield between debt issues of similar maturity. The excess of yield attributable to credit spread is often used as a measure of relative creditworthiness, with a reduction in the credit spread reflecting an improvement in the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

Derivatives – Financial contracts whose value is derived from publicly traded securities, interest rates, currency exchange rates or market indices. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including but not limited to forward contracts, futures, options and swaps.

Duration of equity – An estimate of the rate sensitivity of our economic value of equity. A negative duration of equity is associated with asset sensitivity (i.e., positioned for rising interest rates), while a positive value implies liability sensitivity (i.e., positioned for declining interest rates). For example, if the duration of equity is +1.5 years, the economic value of equity declines by 1.5% for each 100 basis point increase in interest rates.

Earning assets – Assets that generate income, which include: Federal funds sold; resale agreements; trading securities; interest-earning deposits with banks; other short-term investments; loans held for sale; loans; investment securities; and certain other assets.

Economic capital – Represents the amount of resources that a business segment should hold to guard against potentially large losses that could cause insolvency. It is based on a measurement of economic risk, as opposed to risk as defined by regulatory bodies. The economic capital measurement process involves converting a risk distribution to the capital that is required to support the risk, consistent with our target


 

52


Table of Contents

credit rating. As such, economic risk serves as a “common currency” of risk that allows us to compare different risks on a similar basis.

Effective duration – A measurement, expressed in years, that, when multiplied by a change in interest rates, would approximate the percentage change in value of on- and off- balance sheet positions.

Efficiency – Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (GAAP basis) and noninterest income.

Fair value – The price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date using the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants.

Foreign exchange contracts – Contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Funds transfer pricing – A management accounting methodology designed to recognize the net interest income effects of sources and uses of funds provided by the assets and liabilities of a business segment. We assign these balances LIBOR-based funding rates at origination that represent the interest cost for us to raise/invest funds with similar maturity and repricing structures.

Futures and forward contracts – Contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase and the seller agrees to deliver a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. May be settled either in cash or by delivery of the underlying financial instrument.

GAAP – Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Interest rate floors and caps – Interest rate protection instruments that involve payment from the protection seller to the protection buyer of an interest differential, which represents the difference between a short-term rate (e.g., three-month LIBOR) and an agreed-upon rate (the strike rate) applied to a notional principal amount.

Interest rate swap contracts – Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

Intrinsic value – The amount by which the fair value of an underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of an option on that stock.

Investment securities – Collectively, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

 

Leverage ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by adjusted average total assets.

LIBOR – Acronym for London InterBank Offered Rate. LIBOR is the average interest rate charged when banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market) borrow unsecured funds from each other. LIBOR rates are used as a benchmark for interest rates on a global basis.

Net interest income from loans and deposits – A management accounting assessment, using funds transfer pricing methodology, of the net interest contribution from loans and deposits.

Net interest margin – Annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

Nonaccretable difference – Contractually required payments receivable on a purchased impaired loan in excess of the cash flows expected to be collected.

Nondiscretionary assets under administration – Assets we hold for our customers/clients in a non-discretionary, custodial capacity. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Noninterest income to total revenue – Noninterest income divided by the sum of net interest income (GAAP basis) and noninterest income.

Nonperforming assets – Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans, foreclosed assets and other assets. We do not accrue interest income on assets classified as nonperforming.

Nonperforming loans – Nonperforming loans include loans to commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, consumer, and residential mortgage customers and construction customers as well as troubled debt restructured loans. Nonperforming loans do not include loans held for sale or foreclosed and other assets. We do not accrue interest income on loans classified as nonperforming.

Notional amount – A number of currency units, shares, or other units specified in a derivatives contract.

Operating leverage – The period to period dollar or percentage change in total revenue (GAAP basis) less the dollar or percentage change in noninterest expense. A positive variance indicates that revenue growth exceeded expense growth (i.e., positive operating leverage) while a negative variance implies expense growth exceeded revenue growth (i.e., negative operating leverage).

Options – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.


 

53


Table of Contents

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) – When the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost basis, an assessment is performed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. If we intend to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. In such cases, an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Further, if we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. However for debt securities, if we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before its recovery, the other-than-temporary loss is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss, and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses is recognized in earnings while the amount related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Pretax, pre-provision earnings – Total revenue less noninterest expense.

Purchase accounting accretion – Accretion of the discounts and premiums on acquired assets and liabilities. The purchase accounting accretion is recognized in net interest income over the weighted average life of the financial instruments using the constant effective yield method.

Purchased impaired loans – Acquired loans determined to be credit impaired under FASB ASC 310-30 (AICPA SOP 03-3). Loans are determined to be impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected.

Recorded investment – The initial investment of a purchased impaired loan plus interest accretion and less any cash payments and writedowns to date. The recorded investment excludes any valuation allowance which is included in our allowance for loan and lease losses.

Recovery – Cash proceeds received on a loan that we had previously charged off. We credit the amount received to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Residential development loans – Project-specific loans to commercial customers for the construction or development of residential real estate including land, single family homes, condominiums and other residential properties. This would exclude loans to commercial customers where proceeds are for general corporate purposes whether or not such facilities are secured.

 

Residential mortgage servicing rights hedge gains / (losses), net – We have elected to measure acquired or originated residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value under GAAP. We employ a risk management strategy designed to protect the economic value of MSRs from changes in interest rates. This strategy utilizes securities and a portfolio of derivative instruments to hedge changes in the fair value of MSRs arising from changes in interest rates. These financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value which are negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the MSR portfolio. Net MSR hedge gains/ (losses) represent the change in the fair value of MSRs, exclusive of changes due to time decay and payoffs, combined with the change in the fair value of the associated derivative instruments.

Return on average assets – Annualized net income divided by average assets.

Return on average capital – Annualized net income divided by average capital.

Return on average common shareholders’ equity – Annualized net income less preferred stock dividends, including preferred stock discount accretion, divided by average common shareholders’ equity.

Risk-weighted assets – Computed by the assignment of specific risk-weights (as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) to assets and off-balance sheet instruments.

Securitization – The process of legally transforming financial assets into securities.

Servicing rights – An intangible asset or liability created by an obligation to service assets for others. Typical servicing rights include the right to receive a fee for collecting and forwarding payments on loans and related taxes and insurance premiums held in escrow.

Swaptions – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap agreement during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Taxable-equivalent interest – The interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from Federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on other taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement.


 

54


Table of Contents

Tier 1 common capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital, less preferred equity, less trust preferred capital securities, and less noncontrolling interests.

Tier 1 common capital ratio – Tier 1 common capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Tier 1 risk-based capital – Total shareholders’ equity, plus trust preferred capital securities, plus certain noncontrolling interests that are held by others; less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes relating to taxable and nontaxable combinations), less equity investments in nonfinancial companies less ineligible servicing assets and less net unrealized holding losses on available for sale equity securities. Net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities, net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale debt securities and net unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives are excluded from total shareholders’ equity for Tier 1 risk-based capital purposes.

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Total equity – Total shareholders’ equity plus noncontrolling interests.

Total return swap – A non-traditional swap where one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset (e.g., a loan), usually in return for receiving a stream of LIBOR-based cash flows. The total returns of the asset, including interest and any default shortfall, are passed through to the counterparty. The counterparty is therefore assuming the credit and economic risk of the underlying asset.

Total risk-based capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital plus qualifying subordinated debt and trust preferred securities, other noncontrolling interest not qualified as Tier 1, eligible gains on available for sale equity securities and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations.

Total risk-based capital ratio – Total risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Transaction deposits – The sum of money market and interest-bearing demand deposits and demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits.

Troubled debt restructuring – A restructuring of a loan whereby the lender for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the borrower that the lender would not otherwise consider or for which the lender would not be adequately compensated.

Value-at-risk (VaR) – A statistically-based measure of risk which describes the amount of potential loss which may be incurred due to severe and adverse market movements. The measure is of the maximum loss which should not be exceeded on 99 out of 100 days.

 

Watchlist – A list of criticized loans, credit exposure or other assets compiled for internal monitoring purposes. We define criticized exposure for this purpose as exposure with an internal risk rating of other assets especially mentioned, substandard, doubtful or loss.

Yield curve – A graph showing the relationship between the yields on financial instruments or market indices of the same credit quality with different maturities. For example, a “normal” or “positive” yield curve exists when long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds. A “flat” yield curve exists when yields are the same for short-term and long-term bonds. A “steep” yield curve exists when yields on long-term bonds are significantly higher than on short-term bonds. An “inverted” or “negative” yield curve exists when short-term bonds have higher yields than long-term bonds.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality and/or other matters regarding or affecting PNC that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “will,” “project” and other similar words and expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those that we anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from our historical performance.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties. We provide greater detail regarding some of these factors in our 2009 Form 10-K and elsewhere in this Report, including in the Risk Factors and Risk Management sections of those reports. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

 

Our businesses and financial results are affected by business and economic conditions, both generally and specifically in the principal markets in which we operate. In particular, our businesses and financial results may be impacted by:

   

Changes in interest rates and valuations in the debt, equity and other financial markets.


 

55


Table of Contents
   

Disruptions in the liquidity and other functioning of financial markets, including such disruptions in the markets for real estate and other assets commonly securing financial products.

   

Actions by the Federal Reserve and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates.

   

Changes in our customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance in general and their creditworthiness in particular.

   

Changes in levels of unemployment.

   

Changes in customer preferences and behavior, whether as a result of changing business and economic conditions, climate-related physical changes or legislative and regulatory initiatives, or other factors.

 

A continuation of turbulence in significant portions of the US and global financial markets, particularly if it worsens, could impact our performance, both directly by affecting our revenues and the value of our assets and liabilities and indirectly by affecting our counterparties and the economy generally.

 

Our business and financial performance could be impacted as the financial industry restructures in the current environment, both by changes in the creditworthiness and performance of our counterparties and by changes in the competitive and regulatory landscape.

 

Given current economic and financial market conditions, our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that these conditions will be substantially different than we are currently expecting. These statements are based on our current expectations that interest rates will remain low in the first half of 2010 but will move upward in the second half of the year and our view that the moderate economic recovery that began last year will extend through 2010.

 

Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses or our financial condition or results of operations or our competitive position or reputation. Reputational impacts, in turn, could affect matters such as business generation and retention, our ability to attract and retain management, liquidity, and funding. These legal and regulatory developments could include:

   

Changes resulting from legislative and regulatory responses to the current economic and financial industry environment.

   

Other legislative and regulatory reforms, including broad-based restructuring of financial industry regulation as well as changes to laws and regulations involving tax, pension, bankruptcy, consumer protection, and other aspects of the financial institution industry.

   

Increased litigation risk from recent regulatory and other governmental developments.

   

Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental inquiries.

   

The results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy the requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

   

Changes in accounting policies and principles.

   

Changes resulting from legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to climate change that have or may have a negative impact on our customers’ demand for or use of our products and services in general and their creditworthiness in particular.

   

Changes to regulations governing bank capital, including as a result of the so-called “Basel 3” initiatives.

 

Our business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through the effective use of third-party insurance, derivatives, and capital management techniques, and by our ability to meet evolving regulatory capital standards.

 

The adequacy of our intellectual property protection, and the extent of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others, can impact our business and operating results.

 

Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can have an impact on our ability to respond to customer needs and to meet competitive demands.

 

Our ability to implement our business initiatives and strategies could affect our financial performance over the next several years.

 

Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention, as well as on our credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues.

 

Our business and operating results can also be affected by widespread natural disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities, either as a result of the impact on the economy and capital and other financial markets generally or on us or on our customers, suppliers or other counterparties specifically.

 

Also, risks and uncertainties that could affect the results anticipated in forward-looking statements or from historical performance relating to our equity interest in BlackRock, Inc. are discussed in more detail in BlackRock’s filings with the SEC, including in the Risk Factors sections of BlackRock’s reports. BlackRock’s SEC filings are accessible on the SEC’s website and on or through BlackRock’s website at www.blackrock.com. This material is referenced for informational purposes only and should not be deemed to constitute a part of this Report.

In addition, our acquisition of National City Corporation (National City) on December 31, 2008 presents us with a number of risks and uncertainties related both to the


 

56


Table of Contents

acquisition itself and to the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

 

The anticipated benefits of the transaction, including anticipated strategic gains, may be significantly harder or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events.

 

Our ability to achieve anticipated results from this transaction is dependent on the state going forward of the economic and financial markets, which have been under significant stress. Specifically, we may incur more credit losses from National City’s loan portfolio than expected. Other issues related to achieving anticipated financial results include the possibility that deposit attrition or attrition in key client, partner and other relationships may be greater than expected.

 

Legal proceedings or other claims made and governmental investigations currently pending against National City, as well as others that may be filed, made or commenced relating to National City’s business and activities before the acquisition, could adversely impact our financial results.

 

Our ability to achieve anticipated results is also dependent on our ability to bring National City’s systems, operating models, and controls into conformity with ours and to do so on our planned time schedule. The integration of National City’s business and operations into PNC, which includes conversion of National City’s different systems and procedures, may take longer than anticipated or be more costly than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results relating to National City’s or PNC’s existing businesses. PNC’s ability to integrate National City successfully may be adversely affected by the fact that this transaction has resulted in PNC entering several markets where PNC did not previously have any meaningful retail presence.

In addition to the National City transaction, we grow our business from time to time by acquiring other financial services companies. Acquisitions in general present us with risks, in addition to those presented by the nature of the business acquired, similar to some or all of those described above relating to the National City acquisition.


 

57


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except per share data    Three months ended
March 31
 
Unaudited      2010        2009   

Interest Income

    

Loans

   $ 2,160      $ 2,465   

Investment securities

     623        689   

Other

     122        105   

Total interest income

     2,905        3,259   

Interest Expense

    

Deposits

     281        546   

Borrowed funds

     245        393   

Total interest expense

     526        939   

Net interest income

     2,379        2,320   

Noninterest Income

    

Asset management

     259        189   

Consumer services

     296        316   

Corporate services

     268        245   

Residential mortgage

     147        431   

Service charges on deposits

     200        224   

Net gains on sales of securities

     90        56   

Other-than-temporary impairments

     (240     (686

Less: Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairments (a)

     (124     (537

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     (116     (149

Other

     240        54   

Total noninterest income

     1,384        1,366   

Total revenue

     3,763        3,686   

Provision For Credit Losses

     751        880   

Noninterest Expense

    

Personnel

     956        996   

Occupancy

     187        179   

Equipment

     172        178   

Marketing

     50        57   

Other

     748        748   

Total noninterest expense

     2,113        2,158   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     899        648   

Income taxes

     251        128   

Income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

     648        520   

Income from discontinued operations (net of income taxes of $14 and $5)

     23        10   

Net income

     671        530   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (5     4   

 Preferred stock dividends

     93        51   

 Preferred stock discount accretion

     250        15   

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 333      $ 460   

Basic Earnings Per Common Share

    

Continuing operations

   $ .62      $ 1.02   

Discontinued operations

     .05        .02   

Net income

   $ .67      $ 1.04   

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

    

Continuing operations

   $ .61      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations

     .05        .02   

Net income

   $ .66      $ 1.03   

Average Common Shares Outstanding

    

Basic

     498        443   

Diluted

     500        444   

 

(a) Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except par value

Unaudited

   March 31
2010
    December 31
2009
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks (March 31, 2010 includes $17 for VIEs) (a)

   $ 3,563      $ 4,288   

Federal funds sold and resale agreements (includes $963 and $990 measured at fair value) (b)

     1,367        2,390   

Trading securities

     1,595        2,124   

Interest-earning deposits with banks (March 31, 2010 includes $4 for VIEs) (a)

     607        4,488   

Loans held for sale (includes $2,199 and $2,062 measured at fair value) (b)

     2,691        2,539   

Investment securities (March 31, 2010 includes $650 for VIEs) (a)

     57,606        56,027   

Loans (March 31, 2010 includes $4,847 for VIEs) (includes $109 and $88 measured at fair value) (a) (b)

     157,266        157,543   

Allowance for loan and lease losses (March 31, 2010 includes $(209) for VIEs) (a)

     (5,319     (5,072

Net loans

     151,947        152,471   

Goodwill

     9,425        9,505   

Other intangible assets

     3,289        3,404   

Equity investments (March 31, 2010 includes $1,767 for VIEs) (a)

     10,256        10,254   

Other (March 31, 2010 includes $775 for VIEs) (includes $453 and $486 measured at fair value) (a) (b)

     23,050        22,373   

Total assets

   $ 265,396      $ 269,863   

Liabilities

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 43,122      $ 44,384   

Interest-bearing

     139,401        142,538   

Total deposits

     182,523        186,922   

Borrowed funds

    

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     5,511        3,998   

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     8,700        10,761   

Bank notes and senior debt

     12,638        12,362   

Subordinated debt

     10,001        9,907   

Other (March 31, 2010 includes $4,454 for VIEs) (a)

     5,611        2,233   

Total borrowed funds

     42,461        39,261   

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     252        296   

Accrued expenses (March 31, 2010 includes $118 for VIEs) (a)

     2,939        3,590   

Other (March 31, 2010 includes $972 for VIEs) (a)

     7,787        7,227   

Total liabilities

     235,962        237,296   

Equity

    

Preferred stock (c)

    

Common stock – $5 par value

    

Authorized 800 shares, issued 535 and 471 shares

     2,676        2,354   

Capital surplus – preferred stock

     645        7,974   

Capital surplus – common stock and other

     11,945        8,945   

Retained earnings

     13,340        13,144   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,288     (1,962

Common stock held in treasury at cost: 9 and 9 shares

     (500     (513

Total shareholders’ equity

     26,818        29,942   

Noncontrolling interests

     2,616        2,625   

Total equity

     29,434        32,567   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 265,396      $ 269,863   

 

(a) Amounts represent the assets or liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs).
(b) Amounts represent items for which the Corporation has elected the fair value option.
(c) Par value less than $.5 million at each date.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions    Three months ended March 31  
Unaudited            2010                     2009          

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 671      $ 530   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Provision for credit losses

     751        880   

Depreciation and amortization

     226        258   

Deferred income taxes

     254        237   

Net gains on sales of securities

     (90     (56

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     116        149   

Net gains related to BlackRock LTIP shares adjustment

       (103

Undistributed earnings of BlackRock

     (57     (10

Net change in

    

Trading securities and other short-term investments

     885        1,123   

Loans held for sale

     (218     148   

Other assets

     437        1,917   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (907     (4,812

Other

     204        609   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,272        870   

Investing Activities

    

Sales

    

Securities available for sale

     6,040        2,744   

Loans

     299        50   

Repayments/maturities

    

Securities available for sale

     1,815        1,543   

Securities held to maturity

     256        88   

Purchases

    

Securities available for sale

     (9,154     (6,028

Securities held to maturity

     (527     (336

Loans

     (1,532     (45

Net change in

    

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     1,024        295   

Interest-earning deposits with Federal Reserve

     3,848        190   

Loans

     3,251        2,475   

Other (a)

     297        (154

Net cash provided by investing activities

     5,617        822   

Financing Activities

    

Net change in

    

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     (559     3,462   

Interest-bearing deposits

     (2,527     (1,691

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     1,514        (385

Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings

     (280  

Other short-term borrowed funds

     (1,149     (1,950

Sales/issuances

    

Bank notes and senior debt

     1,991        967   

Other long-term borrowed funds

     1,303        55   

Common and treasury stock

     3,409        70   

Repayments/maturities

    

Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings

     (1,757     (1,148

Bank notes and senior debt

     (1,754     (996

Subordinated debt

     29        (550

Other long-term borrowed funds

     (1,050     (42

Preferred stock – TARP

     (7,579  

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (67     (35

Preferred stock cash dividends paid

     (93     (51

Common stock cash dividends paid

     (45     (293

Net cash used by financing activities

     (8,614     (2,587

Net Decrease In Cash And Due From Banks

     (725     (895

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     4,288        4,471   

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 3,563      $ 3,576   

Supplemental Disclosures

    

Interest paid

   $ 515      $ 983   

Income taxes paid

     308        9   

Income taxes refunded

     1        19   

Non-cash Items

    

Transfer from (to) loans to (from) loans held for sale, net

     83        (207

Transfer from loans to foreclosed assets

     382        213   

 

(a) Includes the impact of the consolidation of variable interest entities as of January 1, 2010.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Business

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, residential mortgage banking and global investment servicing, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Florida, Virginia, Missouri, Delaware, Washington, D.C., and Wisconsin. PNC also provides certain products and services internationally.

NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly owned, and certain partnership interests and variable interest entities.

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform with the 2010 presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

See Note 2 Divestiture regarding our pending sale of PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. The Consolidated Income Statement for all periods presented and related Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the global investment servicing business as discontinued operations.

In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal, recurring adjustments needed to present fairly our results for the interim periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other interim period.

When preparing these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, we have assumed that you have read the audited consolidated financial statements included in our 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2009 Form 10-K). Reference is made to Note 1 Accounting Policies in the 2009 Form 10-K for a detailed description of significant accounting policies. There have been no significant changes to these policies in the first three months of 2010 other than as disclosed herein.

These interim consolidated financial statements serve to update the 2009 Form 10-K and may not include all information and notes necessary to constitute a complete set of financial statements.

We have considered the impact on these consolidated financial statements of events occurring subsequent to March 31, 2010.

USE OF ESTIMATES

We prepare the consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our allowance for loan and lease losses, impaired loans, fair value measurements, including security valuations and residential mortgage servicing rights, and revenue recognition. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

INVESTMENT IN BLACKROCK, INC.

We account for our investment in the common stock, Series B and Series D Preferred Stocks of BlackRock (both deemed to be in substance common stock) under the equity method of accounting. On January 31, 2010, the Series D Preferred Stock was converted to Series B Preferred Stock. The investment in BlackRock is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Equity investments, while our equity in earnings of BlackRock is reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the caption Asset management.

On February 27, 2009, PNC’s obligation to deliver BlackRock common shares in connection with BlackRock’s long-term incentive plan programs was replaced with an obligation to deliver shares of BlackRock’s new Series C Preferred Stock. The 2.9 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock were acquired from BlackRock in exchange for common shares on that same date. Since these preferred shares were not deemed to be in substance common stock, we elected to account for these preferred shares at fair value and the changes in fair value will offset the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. Our investment in the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets.

As noted above, we mark-to-market our obligation to transfer BlackRock shares related to certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. This obligation is classified as a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument under GAAP as disclosed in Note 12 Financial Derivatives.


 

61


Table of Contents

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

On January 1, 2010, we adopted ASU 2009-16 – Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Accounting For Transfers of Financial Assets which is a codification of guidance issued in June 2009. This guidance removes the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity. The guidance also establishes conditions for accounting and reporting of a transfer of a portion of a financial asset, modifies the asset sale/derecognition criteria, and changes how retained interests are initially measured.

On January 1, 2010, we adopted ASU 2009-17 – Consolidations (Topic 810) – Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities which is a codification of guidance issued in June 2009. This guidance removes the scope exception for qualifying special-purpose entities, contains new criteria for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE) and increases the frequency of required reassessments to determine whether an entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. VIEs are assessed for consolidation under Topic 810 when we hold variable interests in these entities. PNC consolidates VIEs when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (1) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and (2) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Effective January 1, 2010, we consolidated Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street), a credit card securitization trust, and certain Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments. We recorded consolidated assets and liabilities of $4.1 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively, and an after-tax cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of $92 million upon adoption (see Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities).

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-6, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. This guidance requires new disclosures as follows: 1) transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and the reasons for the transfers, 2) additional breakout of asset and liability categories and 3) purchases, sales, issuances and settlements to be reported separately in the Level 3 rollforward. This guidance was effective for PNC for first quarter 2010 reporting with the exception of item 3 which is effective beginning with first quarter 2011 reporting.

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-18, Receivables (Topic 310), Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool That Is Accounted for as a Single Asset. This ASU amends the accounting guidance related to loans that are accounted for within a pool under ASC 310-30. The new guidance clarifies that modifications of such loans do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a

troubled debt restructuring. The amended guidance continues to require that an entity consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. No additional disclosures are required as a result of this ASU. ASU 2010-18 is effective for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under ASC 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July  15, 2010 with early adoption permitted. PNC accounts for loans within pools consistent with the guidance in this ASU.

NOTE 2 DIVESTITURE

PENDING SALE OF PNC GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

On February 2, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. (GIS), a leading provider of processing, technology and business intelligence services to asset managers, broker-dealers and financial advisors worldwide, for $2.3 billion in cash. We currently anticipate closing the transaction in the third quarter of 2010. Completion of the transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and certain other closing conditions.

Results of operations of GIS are presented as Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, on our Consolidated Income Statement for all periods presented.

Asset and liabilities of GIS at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 follow.

Investment in Discontinued Operations

 

In millions   March 31,
2010
    December  31,
2009

Interest-earning deposits with banks

  $ 186      $ 255

Goodwill

    1,243        1,243

Other intangible assets

    50        51

Other

    360        359

Total assets

  $ 1,839      $ 1,908

Interest-bearing deposits

  $ 94      $ 93

Accrued expenses

    265        266

Other

    1,557        1,009

Total liabilities

  $ 1,916      $ 1,368

Net assets (liabilities)

  $ (77   $ 540

NOTE 3 LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES

We have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. These transfers have occurred through Agency securitization, Non-Agency securitization, and whole-loan sale transactions. In Agency securitizations, Ginnie Mae (GNMA), Fannie Mae (FNMA), and Freddie Mac (FHLMC) (collectively “the Agencies”) securitize our


 

62


Table of Contents

transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market through Special Purpose Entities (SPEs) they sponsor. In Non-Agency securitizations, we have transferred loans into securitization SPEs. In other instances third-party investors have purchased (in whole-loan sale transactions) and subsequently sold our loans into securitization SPEs. Third-party investors have also purchased our loans in whole-loan sale transactions. Securitization SPEs, which are legal entities that are utilized in the Agency and Non-Agency securitization transactions, are VIEs.

Our continuing involvement in the Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and whole-loan sale transactions generally consists of servicing, limited repurchases of previously transferred loans and loss share arrangements, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs.

Depending on the transaction, we may act as the master, primary, and/or special servicer to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors. Servicing responsibilities typically consist of collecting and remitting monthly borrower principal and interest payments, maintaining escrow deposits, performing loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and, in certain instances, funding of servicing advances. Servicing advances are made for principal and interest and collateral protection. Servicing advances, which are reimbursable, are recognized in Other assets at cost. With respect to Agency securitizations, the Agencies are responsible for working out defaulted loans.

We earn servicing and other ancillary fees for our role as servicer and depending on the contractual terms of the servicing arrangement, we can be terminated as servicer with or without cause. At the consummation date of each type of loan transfer, we recognize a servicing asset at fair value. See Note 9 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further discussion of our residential and commercial servicing assets.

Certain loans transferred to the Agencies contain removal of account provisions (ROAPs). Under these ROAPs, we hold an option to repurchase at par individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. When we have the unilateral ability to repurchase a delinquent loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we recognize the loan and a corresponding liability on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the balance of our ROAP asset and liability totaled $373 million and $577 million, respectively.

We generally do not retain mortgage-backed securities issued by the Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPEs at the inception of the securitization transactions. Rather, our limited holdings of these securities occur through subsequent purchases in the secondary market. PNC does not retain any

credit risk on its Agency mortgage-backed security positions as FNMA, FHLMC, and the U.S. Government (for GNMA) guarantee losses of principal and interest on the underlying mortgage loans. We generally hold a senior class of Non-Agency mortgage-backed securities.

We also have involvement with certain Agency and Non-Agency commercial securitization SPEs where we have not transferred commercial mortgage loans. These SPEs were sponsored by independent third-parties and the loans held by these entities were purchased exclusively from other third-parties. Generally, our involvement with these SPEs is as servicer with servicing activities consistent to those described above. Other than providing temporary liquidity under servicing advances, we have not provided nor are we required to provide other financial support, guarantees or commitments to the SPEs. In certain instances, we can be terminated as servicer in these commercial securitization structures without cause by the controlling class of mortgage-backed security holders of the SPE.

RECOURSE RESERVES

We recognize a liability for our loss exposure associated with contractual obligations to repurchase previously transferred loans due to breaches of representations and warranties and also for loss sharing arrangements with the Agencies. Inherent in all of our loan transfers are certain representation and warranties we make to cover defects that may have occurred during the underwriting and origination of the loans. We typically repurchase loans only when representation and warranty defects are identified and go uncured. At March 31, 2010, this repurchase liability totaled $188 million and was related to residential mortgage loan transfers. We generally do not recognize a representation and warranty liability for commercial mortgage loan transfers as our exposure to loss is minimal.

We also recognize a liability for certain commercial mortgage loan loss sharing arrangements for loan transfers to the Agencies. Our liability and total exposure to loss under these loss sharing arrangements was $65 million and $6.0 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2010 (see Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for further information). Our representation and warranty and loss share liabilities (collectively “recourse obligations”) are recognized in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and are evaluated quarterly based upon loss methodologies that utilize assumptions such as historical and projected repurchase activity, loss severity, and estimated defaults. Other than providing temporary liquidity under servicing advances and our loss exposure associated with our recourse obligations, we are not required to provide any type of credit support, guarantees, or commitments to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors in these transactions.


 

63


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize certain financial information and cash flows associated with our loan sale and servicing activities:

 

     March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009
In millions    Residential
Mortgages
   Commercial
Mortgages (a)
   Residential
Mortgages
   Commercial
Mortgages (a)

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

             

Servicing portfolio (b)

   $ 141,395    $ 184,101    $ 146,050    $ 185,167

Carrying value of servicing assets

     1,271      921      1,332      921

Servicing advances

     713      438      599      383

Servicing deposits

     2,485      3,469      3,118      3,774

Recourse liability (c)

     188      65      229      71

Carrying value of mortgage-backed securities held (d)

     1,286      1,977      1,306      1,905
             
    

Three Months Ended

March 31, 2010

In millions    Residential
Mortgages
   Commercial
Mortgages (a)

CASH FLOWS

       

Sales of loans (e)

   $ 1,930    $ 342

Repurchases of previously transferred loans

     741     

Contractual servicing fees received

     109      55

Servicing advances funded, net

     114      55

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (d)

     142      37
(a) Represents financial and cash flow information associated with both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities.
(b) For our continuing involvement with residential mortgage loan transfers, amount represents outstanding balance of loans transferred and serviced. For commercial mortgages, amount represents the portion of the overall servicing portfolio in which loans have been transferred by us or third parties to VIEs. It does not include loans serviced by us that were originated by third parties in which they have not transferred.
(c) Represents liability for our loss exposure associated with loan repurchases for breaches of representations and warranties and our commercial mortgage loss share arrangements.
(d) Represents securities held where PNC transferred and/or serviced loans to a securitization SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE.
(e) There were no gains or losses recognized on the transaction date for sales of residential mortgage and certain commercial mortgage loans as these loans are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. For transfers of commercial loans not recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, gains/losses recognized on sales of these loans were insignificant for the three months ended March 31, 2010.

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

We are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. We assess VIEs for consolidation based upon the accounting policies described in Note 1 and effective January 1, 2010, we consolidated Market Street, a credit card securitization trust, and certain Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments as a result of adopting ASU 2009-17 – Consolidations (Topic 810).

The following provides a summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value (a)

 

March 31, 2010

In millions

  Market Street   Credit Card
Securitization Trust
   

Tax Credit

Investments (b)

 

Credit Risk

Transfer Transaction

    Total  

Assets

                   

Cash and due from banks

          $ 17       $ 17   

Interest-earning deposits with banks

            4         4   

Investment securities

  $ 650                 650   

Loans

    2,149   $ 2,216          $ 482        4,847   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

        (198         (11     (209

Equity investments

            1,767         1,767   

Other assets

    419             345     11        775   

Total assets

  $ 3,218   $ 2,018      $ 2,133   $ 482      $ 7,851   

Liabilities

                   

Other borrowed funds

  $ 2,811   $ 1,512      $ 131       $ 4,454   

Accrued expenses

        21        97         118   

Other liabilities

    410             562             972   

Total liabilities

  $ 3,221   $ 1,533      $ 790           $ 5,544   
(a) Amounts represent carrying value on PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Amounts reported primarily represent investments in low income housing projects.

 

64


Table of Contents

Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions  

Aggregate

Assets (a)

 

Aggregate

Liabilities (a)

March 31, 2010

       

Market Street

  $ 3,779   $ 3,790

Credit Card Securitization Trust

    2,208     1,643

Tax Credit Investments (b)

    2,156     877

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

    829     829
   

December 31, 2009

       

Tax Credit Investments (b)

  $ 1,933   $ 808

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

    860     860
(a) Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities differ from the consolidated carrying value of assets and liabilities due to elimination of intercompany assets and liabilities held by the consolidated VIE.
(b) Amounts reported primarily represent investments in low income housing projects.

Non-Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
  Aggregate
Liabilities
 

PNC Risk

of Loss

 

Carrying

Value of

Assets

   

Carrying

Value of

Liabilities

 

March 31, 2010

                   

Tax Credit Investments (a)

  $ 3,243   $ 1,794   $ 664   $ 664 (c)    $ 300 (d) 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

    90,648     90,648     2,149     2,149 (e)     

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)

    55,013     55,013     1,314     1,311 (e)      3 (d) 

Collateralized Debt Obligations

    24           2     2 (c)         

Total

  $ 148,928   $ 147,455   $ 4,129   $ 4,126      $ 303   

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
  Aggregate
Liabilities
 

PNC Risk

of Loss

     

December 31, 2009

             

Market Street

  $ 3,698   $ 3,718   $ 6,155 (f)   

Tax Credit Investments (a)

    1,786     1,156     743     

Collateralized Debt Obligations

    23           2     

Total

  $ 5,507   $ 4,874   $ 6,900     

 

(a) Amounts reported primarily represent investments in low income housing projects. Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities represent estimated balances due to limited availability of financial information associated with certain acquired National City partnerships.
(b) Amounts reported reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for a SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Further information on all security holdings is included in Note 7 Investment Securities.
(c) Included in the table above as we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. Included in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(d) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(e) Included in Investment securities, Other intangible assets, and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(f) PNC’s risk of loss consisted of off-balance sheet liquidity commitments to Market Street of $5.6 billion and other credit enhancements of $.6 billion at December 31, 2009.

 

MARKET STREET

Market Street is a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit that is owned by an independent third party. Market Street’s activities primarily involve purchasing assets or making loans secured by interests in pools of receivables from US corporations that desire access to the commercial paper market. Market Street funds the purchases of assets or loans by issuing commercial paper which has been rated A1/P1/F1 by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, and Fitch, respectively, and is supported by pool-specific credit enhancements, liquidity facilities and program-level credit enhancement. Generally, Market Street mitigates its potential interest rate risk by entering into agreements with its borrowers that reflect interest rates based upon its weighted average commercial paper cost of funds. During 2009 and the first quarter of 2010,

Market Street met all of its funding needs through the issuance of commercial paper.

PNC Bank, N.A. provides certain administrative services, the program-level credit enhancement and all of the liquidity facilities to Market Street in exchange for fees negotiated based on market rates. Through these arrangements, PNC has the power to direct the activities of the special purpose entity (SPE) that most significantly affect its economic performance and these arrangements expose PNC to expected losses or residual returns that are significant to Market Street.

The commercial paper obligations at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were effectively collateralized by Market Street’s assets. While PNC may be obligated to fund under the $5.4 billion of liquidity facilities for events such as commercial paper market disruptions, borrower bankruptcies, collateral


 

65


Table of Contents

deficiencies or covenant violations, our credit risk under the liquidity facilities is secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the borrower such as by the over-collateralization of the assets or by another third party in the form of deal-specific credit enhancement. Deal-specific credit enhancement that supports the commercial paper issued by Market Street is generally structured to cover a multiple of expected losses for the pool of assets and is sized to generally meet rating agency standards for comparably structured transactions. In addition, PNC would be required to fund $441 million of the liquidity facilities if the underlying assets are in default. Market Street creditors have no direct recourse to PNC.

PNC provides program-level credit enhancement to cover net losses in the amount of 10% of commitments, excluding explicitly rated AAA/Aaa facilities. PNC provides 100% of the enhancement in the form of a cash collateral account funded by a loan facility. This facility expires in March 2013. At March 31, 2010, approximately $567 million was outstanding on this facility. This amount was eliminated in PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2010 due to the consolidation of Market Street. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE.

CREDIT CARD SECURITIZATION TRUST

We are the sponsor of several credit card securitizations facilitated through an SPE trust. This bankruptcy-remote SPE or VIE was established to purchase credit card receivables from the sponsor and to issue and sell asset-backed securities created by it to independent third-parties. The SPE was financed primarily through the sale of these asset-backed securities. These transactions were originally structured as a form of liquidity and to afford favorable capital treatment. At March 31, 2010, Series 2005-1, 2006-1, 2007-1, and 2008-3 issued by the SPE were outstanding.

Our continuing involvement in these securitization transactions consists primarily of holding certain retained interests and acting as the primary servicer. For each securitization series, our retained interests held are in the form of a pro-rata undivided interest, or sellers’ interest, in the transferred receivables, subordinated tranches of asset-backed securities, interest-only strips, discount receivables, and subordinated interests in accrued interest and fees in securitized receivables. We consolidated the SPE as of January 1, 2010 as we are deemed the primary beneficiary of the entity based upon our level of continuing involvement. Our role as primary servicer gives us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of retained interests gives us the obligation to absorb or receive expected losses or residual returns that are significant to the SPE. Accordingly, all retained interests held in the credit card SPE are eliminated in consolidation. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE. Additionally, creditors of the SPE have no direct recourse to PNC.

TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS

We make certain equity investments in various limited partnerships or limited liability companies (LLCs) that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the LIHTC pursuant to Sections 42 and 47 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital, to facilitate the sale of additional affordable housing product offerings and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act. The primary activities of the investments include the identification, development and operation of multi-family housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants. Generally, these types of investments are funded through a combination of debt and equity. We typically invest in these partnerships as a limited partner or non-managing member.

Also, we are a national syndicator of affordable housing equity (together with the investments described above, the “LIHTC investments”). In these syndication transactions, we create funds in which our subsidiaries are the general partner or managing member and sell limited partnership or non-managing member interests to third parties, and in some cases may also purchase a limited partnership or non-managing member interest in the fund and/or provide mezzanine financing to the fund. The purpose of this business is to generate income from the syndication of these funds, generate servicing fees by managing the funds, and earn tax credits to reduce our tax liability. General partner or managing member activities include selecting, evaluating, structuring, negotiating, and closing the fund investments in operating limited partnerships, as well as oversight of the ongoing operations of the fund portfolio.

Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The primary sources of losses and benefits in LIHTC investments are the tax credits, tax benefits due to passive losses on the investments, and development and operating cash flows. We have consolidated LIHTC investments in which we are the general partner or managing member and have a limited partnership interest or non-managing member interest that could potentially absorb losses or receive benefits that are significant. The assets are primarily included in Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the liabilities classified in Other liabilities and third party investors’ interests included in the Equity section as Noncontrolling interests. Neither creditors nor equity investors in the LIHTC investments have any recourse to our general credit. There are no terms or conditions that have required or could require us, as the primary beneficiary, to provide financial support. Also, we have not provided nor do we intend to provide financial or other support to the limited partnership or LLC that we are not contractually obligated to provide. The consolidated aggregate assets and liabilities of these LIHTC investments are provided in the Consolidated VIEs table and reflected in the “Other” business segment.


 

66


Table of Contents

We also have LIHTC investments in which we are not the general partner and do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. Accordingly, we are not the primary beneficiary of these investments and thus they are not consolidated. These investments are disclosed in the Non-Consolidated VIEs table. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment and partnership results. We use the equity method to account for our investment in these entities with the investments reflected in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, we increase our recognized investments and recognize a liability for all legally binding unfunded equity commitments. These liabilities are reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

CREDIT RISK TRANSFER TRANSACTION

National City Bank (which merged into PNC Bank, N.A. in November 2009) sponsored an SPE and concurrently entered into a credit risk transfer agreement with an independent third party to mitigate credit losses on a pool of nonconforming residential mortgage loans originated by its former First Franklin business unit. The SPE or VIE was formed with a small equity contribution and was structured as a bankruptcy-remote entity so that its creditors have no recourse to the sponsor. In exchange for a perfected security interest in the cash flows of the nonconforming mortgage loans, the SPE issued asset-backed securities to the sponsor in the form of senior, mezzanine, and subordinated equity notes.

The credit risk transfer agreement associated with this transaction is no longer outstanding as a result of certain actions taken by us and the independent third-party in 2009. Refer to our 2009 Form 10-K for further details of these actions. We continue to hold all asset-backed securities issued by the SPE and are also the depositor in this transaction. As a result, we are deemed the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Our rights as depositor give us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of all asset-backed securities gives us the obligation to absorb or receive expected losses or residual returns that are significant to the SPE. Accordingly, this SPE is consolidated and all of the entity’s assets, liabilities, and equity associated with the securities held by us are intercompany balances and are eliminated in consolidation. We are not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to the SPE.

RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIZATIONS

In connection with each Agency and Non-Agency securitization discussed above, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the magnitude of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable

interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (1) our role as servicer, (2) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE, and (3) the rights of third-party variable interest holders.

Our first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold a variable interest in an Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPE through our holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPE and/or our recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-Agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more than insignificant variable interest in the entity. At March 31, 2010, our level of continuing involvement in Non-Agency securitization SPEs did not result in PNC as the primary beneficiary of any of these entities. Details about the Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in the table above. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances, and our liabilities associated with our recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to PNC’s assets or general credit.

PERPETUAL TRUST SECURITIES

We issue certain hybrid capital vehicles that qualify as capital for regulatory purposes.

In February 2008, PNC Preferred Funding LLC (the LLC), one of our indirect subsidiaries, sold $375 million of 8.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities of PNC Preferred Funding Trust III (Trust III) to third parties in a private placement. In connection with the private placement, Trust III acquired $375 million of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities of the LLC (the LLC Preferred Securities). The sale was similar to the March 2007 private placement by the LLC of $500 million of 6.113% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Trust Securities (the Trust II Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II (Trust II) in which Trust II acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities and to the December 2006 private placement by PNC REIT Corp. of $500 million of 6.517% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the Trust I Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I (Trust I) in which Trust I acquired


 

67


Table of Contents

$500 million of LLC Preferred Securities. PNC REIT Corp. owns 100% of LLC’s common voting securities. As a result, LLC is an indirect subsidiary of PNC and is consolidated on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Trust I, II and III’s investment in LLC Preferred Securities is characterized as a noncontrolling interest on our Consolidated Balance Sheet since we are not the primary beneficiary of Trust I, Trust II and Trust III. This noncontrolling interest totaled approximately $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010.

Our 2009 Form 10-K includes additional information regarding the Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital and dividend restriction covenants. The Trust III Securities include dividend restriction covenants similar to those described for Trust II Securities.

NOTE 4 LOANS AND COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Loans outstanding were as follows:

 

In millions   March 31
2010
  December  31
2009

Commercial

  $ 54,703   $ 54,818

Commercial real estate

    21,950     23,131

Consumer

    55,234     53,582

Residential real estate

    19,268     19,810

Equipment lease financing

    6,111     6,202

Total loans

  $ 157,266   $ 157,543

Loans are presented net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $3.0 billion and $3.2 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Future accretable discounts related to purchased impaired loans are not included in loans outstanding.

At March 31, 2010, we pledged $15.7 billion of loans to the Federal Reserve Bank and $28.2 billion of loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2009 were $18.8 billion and $32.6 billion, respectively.

 

Certain loans are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value reported in current period earnings. The fair value of these loans was $111 million, or less than 1% of the total loan portfolio, at March 31, 2010.

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions  

March 31

2010

  December  31
2009

Commercial and commercial real estate

  $ 56,850   $ 60,143

Home equity lines of credit

    20,229     20,367

Consumer credit card line and other unsecured lines

    18,248     18,800

Other

    1,036     1,485

Total

  $ 96,363   $ 100,795

Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. At March 31, 2010 commercial commitments are reported net of $12.5 billion of participations, assignments and syndications, primarily to financial institutions. The comparable amount at December 31, 2009 was $13.2 billion.

Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates. Based on our historical experience, most commitments expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment. Consumer home equity lines of credit accounted for 53% of consumer unfunded credit commitments at March 31, 2010.

Unfunded credit commitments related to purchased customer receivables totaled $2.8 billion at March 31, 2010. These receivables are now a component of PNC’s total unfunded credit commitments due to the January 1, 2010 consolidation of Market Street. These amounts are included in the preceding table within the “Commercial and commercial real estate” category.

Unfunded credit commitments related to Market Street totaled $5.6 billion at December 31, 2009 and are included in the preceding table primarily within the “Commercial and commercial real estate” category. This amount was eliminated as of March 31, 2010 due to the consolidation of Market Street.


 

68


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 ASSET QUALITY

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets and related information.

These amounts exclude purchased impaired loans acquired in connection with the December 31, 2008 National City acquisition. See Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans Related to National City for further information.

 

Dollars in millions   March 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Nonaccrual loans

     

Commercial

  $ 1,833      $ 1,806   

Commercial real estate

    2,216        2,140   

Equipment lease financing

    123        130   

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

    4,172        4,076   

Consumer

     

Home equity

    337        356   

Other

    35        36   

Total consumer

    372        392   

Residential real estate

     

Residential mortgage

    968        955   

Residential construction

    249        248   

Total residential real estate

    1,217        1,203   

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

    1,589        1,595   

Total nonaccrual/nonperforming loans

    5,761        5,671   

Foreclosed and other assets

     

Commercial lending

    328        266   

Consumer lending

    451        379   

Total foreclosed and other assets

    779        645   

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 6,540      $ 6,316   

Nonperforming loans to total loans

    3.66     3.60

Nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed and other assets

    4.14        3.99   

Nonperforming assets to total assets

    2.46        2.34   

Loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties where we do not receive adequate compensation are considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation activities and could include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, forbearance and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Total nonperforming loans in the table above include TDRs of $385 million at March 31, 2010 and $440 million at December 31, 2009.

TDRs returned to performing (accrual) status totaled $217 million at March 31, 2010 and are excluded from nonperforming loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the modified terms.

In addition, credit cards and certain small business and consumer credit agreements whose terms have been modified

totaled $279 million at March 31, 2010 and are excluded from nonperforming loans. Our policy is generally to exempt these loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. These loans are directly charged off in the period that they become 180 days past due.

Net interest income less the provision for credit losses was $1.6 billion for the first three months of 2010 compared with $1.4 billion for the first three months of 2009.

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses follow:

 

In millions    2010     2009  

January 1

   $ 5,072      $ 3,917   

Charge-offs

     (827     (512

Recoveries

     136        81   

Net charge-offs

     (691     (431

Provision for credit losses

     751        880   

Acquired allowance adjustment

       (83

Adoption of ASU 2009-17, Consolidations

     141       

Other

     2       

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     44        16   

March 31

   $ 5,319      $ 4,299   

Changes in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit follow:

 

In millions    2010     2009  

January 1

   $ 296      $ 344   

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (44     (16

March 31

   $ 252      $ 328   

Originated impaired loans exclude leases and smaller homogeneous type loans as well as purchased impaired loans related to our acquisition of National City. We did not recognize any interest income on originated loans while they were impaired in the first three months of 2010 or 2009. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans individually evaluated for reserves and the associated allowance for loan losses:

Originated Impaired Loans (a)

 

In millions    Mar. 31
2010
   Dec. 31
2009

Impaired loans with an associated reserve

   $ 3,910    $ 3,475

Impaired loans without an associated reserve

     491      471

Total impaired loans

   $ 4,401    $ 3,946

Specific allowance for credit losses

   $ 1,250    $ 1,148

Average impaired loan balance (b)

   $ 4,163    $ 2,909
(a) Purchased impaired loans related to our acquisition of National City are excluded from this table and are disclosed in Note 6 Purchased Impaired Loans Related to National City.
(b) Three-month average for 2010 and full-year average for 2009.

 

69


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 PURCHASED IMPAIRED LOANS RELATED TO NATIONAL CITY

As further described in Note 6 of the 2009 Form 10-K, at December 31, 2008, we identified certain loans related to the National City acquisition, for which there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable that we would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. GAAP requires these loans to be recorded at fair value at acquisition date and prohibits the “carrying over” or the creation of valuation allowances in the initial accounting for such loans acquired in a transfer.

At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, purchased impaired loans had a carrying value of $9.8 billion and $10.4 billion, respectively. During the first three months of 2010, the amount of purchased impaired loans decreased by a net $0.6 billion as a result of payments and other exit activities partially offset by accretion of purchase accounting discount. The unpaid principal balance of these loans was $13.6 billion at March 31, 2010 and $15.4 billion at December 31, 2009, as detailed below:

Purchased Impaired Loans

 

    March 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
In millions   Recorded
Investment
  Outstanding
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Outstanding
Balance

Commercial (a)

  $ 430   $ 713   $ 558   $ 1,016

Commercial real estate (a)

    1,495     2,235     1,694     2,705

Consumer

    3,376     4,852     3,457     5,097

Residential real estate

    4,471     5,784     4,663     6,620

Total

  $ 9,772   $ 13,584   $ 10,372   $ 15,438
(a) Includes purchased impaired loans held for sale. The recorded investment and outstanding balance of these loans was $99 million and $127 million, respectively, at March 31, 2010. Comparable balances at December 31, 2009 were $85 million and $200 million.

The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and

the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Changes in the expected cash flows of individual commercial or pooled consumer purchased impaired loans from the date of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses in the period in which the changes become probable. Prepayments are treated as a reduction of cash flows expected to be collected and a reduction of projections of contractual cash flows such that the nonaccretable difference is not affected. Thus, for decreases in cash flows expected to be collected resulting from prepayments, the effect will be to reduce the yield prospectively. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a reclassification from accretable yield to nonaccretable difference. During the first three months of 2010, $110 million of provision and $62 million of charge-offs were recorded on impaired loans. As of March 31, 2010, decreases in the expected cash flows of purchased impaired loans resulted in an allowance for loan and lease losses of $604 million on $7.4 billion of the impaired loans while the remaining $2.4 billion of impaired loans required no allowance as expected cash flows improved or remained the same. Subsequent increases in cash flows will result in a recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans or foreclosures, result in removal of the loan from the purchased impaired loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

Activity for the accretable yield for the first three months of 2010 follows.

Accretable Yield

 

In millions    2010  

January 1

   $ 3,502   

Accretion (including cash recoveries)

     (340

Net reclassifications from non-accretable to accretable

     516   

Disposals

     (98

March 31

   $ 3,580   

 

70


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

    

Amortized

Cost

   Unrealized    

Fair

Value

In millions       Gains    Losses    

March 31, 2010

            
 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

            

Debt securities

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 10,520    $ 58    $ (39   $ 10,539

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     22,259      499      (54     22,704

Non-agency

     9,498      205      (1,993     7,710

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     1,179      25      (2     1,202

Non-agency

     1,908      37      (89     1,856

Asset-backed

     1,842      24      (335     1,531

State and municipal

     1,374      56      (54     1,376

Other debt

     2,180      50      (6     2,224

Total debt securities

     50,760      954      (2,572     49,142

Corporate stocks and other

     399                     399

Total securities available for sale

   $ 51,159    $ 954    $ (2,572   $ 49,541

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

            

Debt securities

            

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

   $ 4,295    $ 213    $ (2   $ 4,506

Asset-backed

     3,761      102      (13     3,850

Other debt

     9      1              10

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 8,065    $ 316    $ (15   $ 8,366
 

December 31, 2009

            
 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

            

Debt securities

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 7,548    $ 20    $ (48   $ 7,520

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     24,076      439      (77     24,438

Non-agency

     10,419      236      (2,353     8,302

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     1,299      10      (12     1,297

Non-agency

     4,028      42      (222     3,848

Asset-backed

     2,019      30      (381     1,668

State and municipal

     1,346      58      (54     1,350

Other debt

     1,984      38      (7     2,015

Total debt securities

     52,719      873      (3,154     50,438

Corporate stocks and other

     360                     360

Total securities available for sale

   $ 53,079    $ 873    $ (3,154   $ 50,798

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

            

Debt securities

            

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

   $ 2,030    $ 195      $ 2,225

Asset-backed

     3,040      109    $ (13     3,136

Other debt

     159      1              160

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 5,229    $ 305    $ (13   $ 5,521

 

71


Table of Contents

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, unless credit-related.

During the first three months of 2010, we transferred $2.2 billion of available for sale commercial mortgage-backed non-agency securities to the held to maturity portfolio. The reclassification was made at fair value at the date of transfer. Net pretax unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $92 million at the transfer date and will be accreted over the remaining life of the related securities as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of premium on the same transferred securities, resulting in no impact on net income.

The following table presents gross unrealized loss and fair value of securities available for sale at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more based on the point in time the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. The table includes debt securities where a portion of OTTI has been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $15 million at March 31, 2010 and $13 million at December 31, 2009 with the majority of positions in a continuous loss position for less than 12 months.

 

In millions    Unrealized loss position less
than 12 months
   Unrealized loss position 12
months or more
   Total
          Unrealized
Loss
            Fair
Value
           Unrealized
Loss
            Fair
Value
           Unrealized
Loss
            Fair
Value

March 31, 2010

                

Securities available for sale

                

Debt securities

                

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ (28   $ 2,582    $ (11   $ 179    $ (39   $ 2,761

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

     (54     4,262        34      (54     4,296

Non-agency

     (6     67      (1,987     6,684      (1,993     6,751

Commercial mortgage-backed

                

Agency

     (2     259           (2     259

Non-agency

       10      (89     725      (89     735

Asset-backed

     (5     94      (330     1,053      (335     1,147

State and municipal

     (1     45      (53     277      (54     322

Other debt

     (3     426      (3     13      (6     439

Total

   $ (99   $ 7,745    $ (2,473   $ 8,965    $ (2,572   $ 16,710
 

December 31, 2009

                

Securities available for sale

                

Debt securities

                

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ (48   $ 4,015         $ (48   $ 4,015

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

     (76     6,960    $ (1   $ 56      (77     7,016

Non-agency

     (7     79      (2,346     7,223      (2,353     7,302

Commercial mortgage-backed

                

Agency

     (12     779           (12     779

Non-agency

     (3     380      (219     1,353      (222     1,733

Asset-backed

     (1     142      (380     1,153      (381     1,295

State and municipal

     (1     49      (53     285      (54     334

Other debt

     (3     299      (4     18      (7     317

Total

   $ (151   $ 12,703    $ (3,003   $ 10,088    $ (3,154   $ 22,791

 

Evaluating Investments for Other-than-Temporary Impairments

For the securities in the above table, as of March 31, 2010 we do not intend to sell and have determined it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.

On at least a quarterly basis, we conduct a comprehensive security-level assessment on all securities in an unrealized loss

position to determine if OTTI exists. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. An OTTI loss must be recognized for a debt security in an unrealized loss position if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. In this situation, the amount of loss recognized in income is equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security.


 

72


Table of Contents

Even if we do not expect to sell the security, we must evaluate the expected cash flows to be received to determine if we believe a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. The portion of the unrealized loss relating to other factors, such as liquidity conditions in the market or changes in market interest rates, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Equity securities are also evaluated to determine whether the unrealized loss is expected to be recoverable based on whether evidence exists to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the amortized cost basis. If it is probable that we will not recover the amortized cost basis, taking into consideration the estimated recovery period and our ability to hold the equity security until recovery, OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security.

The security-level assessment is performed on each security, regardless of the classification of the security as available for sale or held to maturity. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics if applicable, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. We also consider the severity of the impairment and the length of time the security has been impaired in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Balance Sheet Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

For debt securities, a critical component of the evaluation for OTTI is the identification of credit-impaired securities, where management does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The paragraphs below describe our process for identifying credit impairment for our most significant categories of securities not backed by the US government or its agencies.

Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities Collateralized by First-Lien and Second-Lien Residential Mortgage Loans

To measure credit losses for these securities, we compile relevant collateral details and performance statistics on a security-by-security basis. The securities are then processed through a series of pre-established filters based upon ratings, collateral performance, projected losses, market prices and judgment to identify bonds that have the potential to be credit impaired.

 

Securities not passing all of the filters are subjected to further analysis. Cash flows are projected for the underlying collateral and are applied to the securities according to the deal structure using a third-party default model. Collateral cash flows are estimated using assumptions for prepayment rates, future defaults, and loss severity rates. The assumptions are security specific and are based on collateral characteristics, historical performance, and future expected performance. Based on the results of the cash flow analysis, we determined whether we will recover the amortized cost basis of our security.

The key assumptions used for assessing credit impairment on prime and Alt-A non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities collateralized by first and second-lien residential mortgage loans as of March 31, 2010 follow.

 

March 31, 2010    Range     Weighted-
average (a)
 

Long-term prepayment rate (annual CPR)

      

Prime

   7-15   12

Alt-A

   7-15      9   

Remaining collateral expected to default

      

Prime

   0-49   17

Alt-A

   3-83      43   

Loss severity

      

Prime

   15-63   45

Alt-A

   25-75      58   
(a) Calculated by weighting the relevant assumption for each individual security by the current outstanding cost basis of the security.

Non-Agency Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

Credit losses on these securities are measured using property-level cash flow projections and forward-looking property valuations. Cash flows are projected using a detailed analysis of net operating income (NOI) by property type which, in turn, is based on the analysis of NOI performance over the past several business cycles combined with PNC’s economic outlook for the current cycle. Loss severities are based on property price projections, which are calculated using capitalization rate projections. The capitalization rate projections are based on a combination of historical capitalization rates and expected capitalization rates implied by current market activity, our outlook and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts.

Securities exhibiting weaker performance within the model are subject to further analysis. This analysis is performed at the loan level, and includes assessing local market conditions, reserves, occupancy, rent rolls and master/special servicer details.


 

73


Table of Contents

During the first quarters of 2010 and 2009, the OTTI credit losses recognized in noninterest income related to estimated credit losses on securities that we do not expect to sell were as follows:

Summary of OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

 

     Three months ended March 31  
In millions    2010     2009  

Available for sale securities:

      

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed

   $ (73   $ (118

Commercial mortgage-backed

       (5

Asset-backed

     (43     (18

Other debt

       (4

Marketable equity securities

             (4

Total

   $ (116   $ (149

The noncredit portion of OTTI totaled $124 million and $537 million for the first three months of 2010 and 2009, respectively and was included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

The following table presents a rollforward of the cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for all debt securities for which a portion of an OTTI loss was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Rollforward of Cumulative OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

 

In millions

   Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt     Total  

For the three months ended March 31, 2010

            

December 31, 2009

   $ (479   $ (6   $ (145   $ (12   $ (642

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     (12       (5       (17

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

     (61       (38       (99

Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold

     12                                12   

March 31, 2010

   $ (540   $ (6   $ (188   $ (12   $ (746

 

In millions

   Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt     Total  

For the three months ended March 31, 2009 (a)

            

December 31, 2008

   $ (35     $ (34     $ (69

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     (118   $ (5     (18   $ (4     (145

March 31, 2009

   $ (153   $ (5   $ (52   $ (4   $ (214
(a) Excludes OTTI credit losses related to equity securities totaling $4 million.

 

74


Table of Contents

Information relating to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table.

Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale

 

Three months ended

March 31

In millions

   Proceeds   

Gross

Gains

  

Gross

Losses

   Net
Gains
  

Tax

Expense

2010

   $ 6,040    $ 144    $ 54    $ 90    $ 31

2009

     2,744      56             56      20

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at March 31, 2010.

Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities

 

March 31, 2010

Dollars in millions

   1 Year or Less     After 1 Year
through 5 Years
    After 5 Years
through 10 Years
    After 10
Years
    Total  

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 33      $ 6,379      $ 3,838      $ 270      $ 10,520   

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     81        73        1,033        21,072        22,259   

Non-agency

         49        9,449        9,498   

Commercial mortgage-backed

            

Agency

       214        935        30        1,179   

Non-agency

       61          1,847        1,908   

Asset-backed

       215        340        1,287        1,842   

State and municipal

     60        169        180        965        1,374   

Other debt

     10        1,753        212        205        2,180   

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ 184      $ 8,864      $ 6,587      $ 35,125      $ 50,760   

Fair value

   $ 186      $ 8,944      $ 6,637      $ 33,375      $ 49,142   

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     3.68     2.61     3.62     4.57     4.10

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

            

Commercial mortgage-backed (non-agency)

     $ 225      $ 70      $ 4,000      $ 4,295   

Asset-backed

   $ 263        2,615        601        282        3,761   

Other debt

             1        6        2        9   

Total debt securities held to maturity

   $ 263      $ 2,841      $ 677      $ 4,284      $ 8,065   

Fair value

   $ 263      $ 2,945      $ 689      $ 4,469      $ 8,366   

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     1.41     3.43     1.39     5.03     4.04

Based on current interest rates and expected prepayment speeds, the total weighted-average expected maturity of agency mortgage-backed securities was 4.0 years, of non-agency mortgage-backed securities was 4.7 years, of commercial mortgage-backed securities was 3.9 years and of asset-backed securities was 2.6 years at March 31, 2010. Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security.

 

The fair value of securities pledged to secure public and trust deposits and repurchase agreements and for other purposes was $25.3 billion at March 31, 2010 and $23.4 billion at December 31, 2009. The pledged securities include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge.

 

The fair value of securities accepted as collateral that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge was $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010 and $2.4 billion at December 31, 2009 and is a component of federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Of the permitted amount, $204 million was repledged to others at March 31, 2010 and $1.3 billion was repledged to others at December 31, 2009.


 

75


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined in GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date. The standard focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants. GAAP establishes a fair value reporting hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value and defines the three levels of inputs as noted below.

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market and certain US government agency securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 such as: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated to observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs. This category generally includes agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed debt securities, asset-backed securities, corporate debt securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale, and derivative contracts.

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by minimal or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities may include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models with internally developed assumptions, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category generally includes certain available for sale and trading securities, commercial mortgage loans held for sale, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights, BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock and certain financial derivative contracts. The available for sale and trading securities within Level 3 include non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, auction rate securities, certain private-issuer asset-backed securities and corporate debt securities. Nonrecurring items, primarily certain nonaccrual and other loans held for sale, commercial mortgage servicing rights, equity investments and other assets are also included in this category.

 

We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations which vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks including credit risk as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Validation Committee tests significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, we have teams, independent of the traders, verify marks and assumptions used for valuations at each period end.

Securities Available for Sale and Trading Securities

Securities measured at fair value include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. Approximately 60% of our positions are valued using prices obtained from pricing services provided by the Barclay’s Capital Index, formerly known as the Lehman Index, and Interactive Data Corp. (IDC). For approximately 15% or more of our positions, we use prices obtained from the pricing services as the primary input into the valuation process. Barclay’s Capital Index prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets such as agency mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other assets, such as CMBS and asset-backed securities. IDC primarily uses pricing models considering adjustments for ratings, spreads, matrix pricing and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency CMOs and municipal bonds. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding and corroborated with other dealer or market quotes, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, or by comparison to internal valuations. In circumstances where relevant market prices are limited or unavailable, valuations may require significant management judgments or adjustments to determine fair value. In these cases, the securities are classified as Level 3.

The valuation techniques used for securities classified as Level 3 include using a discounted cash flow approach or, in certain instances, identifying a proxy security, market transaction or index. For certain security types, primarily non-agency residential securities, the fair value methodology


 

76


Table of Contents

incorporates values obtained from a discounted cash flow model. The modeling process incorporates assumptions management believes willing market participants would use to value the security under current market conditions. The assumptions used include prepayment projections, credit loss assumptions, and discount rates, which include a risk premium due to liquidity and uncertainty that are based on both observable and unobservable inputs. We use the discounted cash flow analysis, in conjunction with other relevant pricing information obtained from either pricing services or broker quotes to establish the fair value that management believes is representative under current market conditions. For purposes of determining fair value at March 31, 2010, the relevant pricing service information was the predominant input.

In the proxy approach, the proxy selected generally has similar credit, tenor, duration, pricing and structuring attributes to the PNC position. The price, market spread, or yield on the proxy is then used to calculate an indicative market price for the security. Depending on the nature of the PNC position and its attributes relative to the proxy, management may make additional adjustments to account for market conditions, liquidity, and nonperformance risk, based on various inputs including recent trades of similar securities, single dealer quotes, and/or other observable and unobservable inputs.

Financial Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. However, the majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal techniques. Readily observable market inputs to these models can be validated to external sources, including industry pricing services, or corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Certain derivatives, such as total rate of return swaps, are corroborated to the CMBX index. These derivatives are classified as Level 2. Derivatives priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3.

The fair values of our derivatives are adjusted for nonperformance risk including credit risk as appropriate. Our nonperformance risk adjustment is computed using new loan pricing and considers externally available bond spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations. The credit risk adjustment is not currently material to the overall derivatives valuation.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We have elected to account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale on a recurring basis at fair value. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, all residential mortgage loans held for sale were at fair value. Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid

information received from market participants. These loans are regularly traded in active markets and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. These residential MSRs do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. Although sales of servicing assets do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically would not be available. Accordingly, management determines the fair value of its residential MSRs using a discounted cash flow model incorporating assumptions about loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors. As part of the pricing process, management compares its fair value estimates to third-party valuations on a quarterly basis to assess the reasonableness of the fair values calculated by its internal valuation models. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for certain commercial mortgage loans classified as held for sale at fair value. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with the related hedges. At origination, these loans were intended for securitization.

Due to inactivity in the CMBS securitization market in 2010 and 2009, we determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale by using a whole loan methodology. Fair value is determined using assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. When available, valuation assumptions included observable inputs based on whole loan sales. Adjustments are made to these assumptions to account for situations when uncertainties exist, including market conditions and liquidity. Credit risk is included as part of our valuation process for these loans by considering expected rates of return for market participants for similar loans in the marketplace. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.

Equity Investments

The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. The carrying values of direct and affiliated partnership interests reflect the expected exit price and are based on various techniques including


 

77


Table of Contents

publicly traded price, multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. These investments are classified as Level 3.

Customer Resale Agreements

We have elected to account for structured resale agreements, which are economically hedged using free-standing financial derivatives, at fair value. The fair value for structured resale agreements is determined using a model which includes observable market data such as interest rates as inputs. Readily observable market inputs to this model can be validated to external sources, including yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. These instruments are classified as Level 2.

 

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

We have elected to account for the approximately 2.9 million shares of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value. The Series C Preferred Stock economically hedges the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for as a derivative. The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. This approach considers expectations of a default/liquidation event and the use of liquidity discounts based on our inability to sell the security at a fair, open market price in a timely manner. Although dividends are equal to common shares and other preferred series, significant transfer restrictions exist on our Series C shares for any purpose other than to satisfy the LTIP obligation. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, this security is classified as Level 3.


 

78


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which PNC has elected the fair value option, follow.

Fair Value Measurements—Summary

 

     March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009
In millions    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value
   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value

Assets

                           

Securities available for sale

                           

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 10,035    $ 504       $ 10,539    $ 7,026    $ 494       $ 7,520

Residential mortgage-backed

                           

Agency

        22,704         22,704         24,433    $ 5      24,438

Non-Agency

         $ 7,710      7,710            8,302      8,302

Commercial mortgage-backed

                           

Agency

        1,202         1,202         1,297         1,297

Non-Agency

        1,853      3      1,856         3,842      6      3,848

Asset-backed

        344      1,187      1,531         414      1,254      1,668

State and municipal

        1,104      272      1,376         1,084      266      1,350

Other debt

            2,141      83      2,224             1,962      53      2,015

Total debt securities

     10,035      29,852      9,255      49,142      7,026      33,526      9,886      50,438

Corporate stocks and other

     235      117      47      399      230      83      47      360

Total securities available for sale

     10,270      29,969      9,302      49,541      7,256      33,609      9,933      50,798

Financial derivatives (a) (b)

                           

Interest rate contracts

     29      3,899      78      4,006      25      3,630      47      3,702

Other contracts

            212      8      220      2      209      3      214

Total financial derivatives

     29      4,111      86      4,226      27      3,839      50      3,916

Residential mortgage loans held for sale (c)

        1,158         1,158         1,012         1,012

Trading securities (d)

                           

Debt (e)

     961      516      77      1,554      1,690      299      89      2,078

Equity

     41                    41      46                    46

Total trading securities

     1,002      516      77      1,595      1,736      299      89      2,124

Residential mortgage servicing rights (f)

           1,271      1,271            1,332      1,332

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)

           1,041      1,041            1,050      1,050

Equity investments

                           

Direct investments

           602      602            595      595

Indirect investments (g)

                   606      606                    593      593

Total equity investments

                   1,208      1,208                    1,188      1,188

Customer resale agreements (h)

        963         963         990         990

Loans (i)

        111         111         107         107

Other assets

                           

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock (j)

           452      452            486      486

Other

            419      9      428             207      23      230

Total other assets

            419      461      880             207      509      716

Total assets

   $ 11,301    $ 37,247    $ 13,446    $ 61,994    $ 9,019    $ 40,063    $ 14,151    $ 63,233

Liabilities

                           

Financial derivatives (b) (k)

                           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 3    $ 3,111    $ 32    $ 3,146    $ 2    $ 3,185    $ 18    $ 3,205

BlackRock LTIP

           452      452            486      486

Other contracts

            140      10      150             146      2      148

Total financial derivatives

     3      3,251      494      3,748      2      3,331      506      3,839

Trading securities sold short (l)

                           

Debt (e)

     200      40         240      1,288      42         1,330

Equity

     15                    15      14                    14

Total trading securities sold short

     215      40             255      1,302      42             1,344

Other liabilities

                                        6             6

Total liabilities

   $ 218    $ 3,291    $ 494    $ 4,003    $ 1,304    $ 3,379    $ 506    $ 5,189
(a) Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Amounts at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow PNC to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, the net asset amounts were $2.220 billion and $2.047 billion and the net liability amounts were $1.713 billion and $1.733 billion.

 

79


Table of Contents
(c) Included in loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale.
(d) Fair value includes net unrealized losses of $12 million at March 31, 2010 and net unrealized gains of $9 million at December 31, 2009.
(e) Comprised primarily of US Treasury and government agencies securities.
(f) Included in other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(g) The indirect equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee.
(h) Included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for these items.
(i) Included in loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Certain of these loans have been subsequently reclassified into portfolio loans.
(j) PNC has elected the fair value option for these shares.
(k) Included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(l) Included in Other borrowed funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 follow.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

 

    December 31,
2009
  Total realized / unrealized
gains or losses (a)
    Purchases,
issuances, and
settlements,
net
    Transfers
into Level
3 (b)
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
(b)
    March 31,
2010
 

(*) Attributable to
unrealized gains
or losses
related to assets
and liabilities held
at March 31,

2010

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

    Included in
earnings (*)
    Included in
other
comprehensive
income
           

Assets

                   

Securities available for sale

                   

Residential mortgage-backed agency

  $ 5       $ (5            

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency

    8,302   $ (101   $ (77     (414       $ 7,710   $ (73

Commercial mortgage-backed non-agency

    6         $ 2   $ (5     3    

Asset-backed

    1,254     (43     13        (37         1,187     (43

State and municipal

    266       (6     11        1       272    

Other debt

    53       3        (2     29       83    

Corporate stocks and other

    47             (1     1                      47        

Total securities available for sale

    9,933     (144     (68     (446     32     (5     9,302     (116

Financial derivatives

    50     36                86     51   

Trading securities—Debt

    89     (4       (8         77     (4

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    1,332     (35       (26         1,271     (34

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    1,050     9          (18         1,041     9   

Equity investments

                   

Direct investments

    595     25          (18         602     15   

Indirect investments

    593     17                (4                   606     11   

Total equity investments

    1,188     42                (22                   1,208     26   

Other assets

                   

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    486     (30       (4         452    

Other

    23             (3     (11                   9        

Total other assets

    509     (30     (3     (15                   461        

Total assets

  $ 14,151   $ (126   $ (71   $ (535   $ 32   $ (5   $ 13,446   $ (68

Total liabilities (c)

  $ 506   $ (14           $ 2                    $ 494   $ 27   

 

80


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2009

 

                Total realized /
unrealized gains or
losses (a)
                     (*)
Attributable to
unrealized
gains or losses
related to
assets and
liabilities held
at March 31,
2009
 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

  December 31,
2008
  National
City
Acquisition
  Balance,
January 1,
2009
  Included
in
earnings
(*)
    Included
in other
compre-
hensive
income
    Purchases,
issuances,
and
settlements,
net
    Transfers
into Level 3,
net (b)
    March 31,
2009
 

Assets

                     

Securities available for sale

                     

Residential mortgage-backed agency

    $ 7   $ 7     $ (1       $ 6    

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency

  $ 3,304     899     4,203   $ (110     472      $ 25      $ 4,691        9,281   $ (110

Commercial mortgage-backed non-agency

    337       337     (5     51          3,045        3,428     (5

Asset-backed

    833     59     892     (11     (24     (7     469        1,319     (11

State and municipal

    271     50     321       2        (6     (26     291    

Other debt

    34     48     82     (4     (2     (26     1        51     (4

Corporate stocks and other

    58           58             (3     (2             53        

Total securities available for sale

    4,837     1,063     5,900     (130     495        (16     8,180        14,429     (130

Financial derivatives

    125     35     160     162          (150     3        175     73   

Trading securities

                     

Debt

    56     26     82     (5       10          87     (2

Equity

    17     6     23     (1                     3        25     (1

Total trading securities

    73     32     105     (6             10        3        112     (3

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    6     1,019     1,025     3          24          1,052     (5

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    1,400     1     1,401     (58       (98       1,245     (54

Equity investments

    571     610     1,181     (64       18          1,135     (67

Other assets

                     

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

          61          211          272    

Other

          40     40     8        (10                     38        

Total other assets

          40     40     69        (10     211                310        

Total assets

  $ 7,012   $ 2,800   $ 9,812   $ (24   $ 485      $ (1   $ 8,186      $ 18,458   $ (186

Total liabilities (c)

  $ 22   $ 16   $ 38   $ 61              $ 213              $ 312   $ 10   
(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) PNC’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.
(c) Financial derivatives.

 

Net losses (realized and unrealized) relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities were $112 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with net losses of $85 million for the first three months of 2009. These amounts included net unrealized losses of $95 million and $196 million for the first three months of 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts were included in noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

During the first three months of 2010, no material transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels occurred.

During the first three months of 2009, securities transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 exceeded securities transferred out by $8.2 billion. These primarily related to non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities where management determined that the volume and level of market activity for these assets had significantly decreased. Other Level 3 assets include commercial mortgage loans held for

sale, certain equity securities, auction rate securities, corporate debt securities, trading securities, certain private-issuer asset-backed securities, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights and other assets.

Interest income earned from trading securities totaled $14 million in the first three months of 2010 and $10 million in the first three months of 2009. These amounts are included in other interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Changes

We may be required to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment. The amounts below for nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale represent the carrying value of loans for which adjustments are primarily based on the appraised value of collateral or based on an observable


 

81


Table of Contents

market price, which often results in significant management assumptions and input with respect to the determination of fair value. The fair value determination of the equity investment resulting in an impairment loss included below was based on observable market data for other comparable entities as adjusted for internal assumptions and unobservable inputs. The amounts below for commercial servicing rights reflect a recovery of a certain strata during 2009 while one stratum was

impaired at March 31, 2010 and no strata were impaired at December 31, 2009. The fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates of servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds. Annually, this model is subject to an internal review process to validate controls and model results.


 

Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring (a)

 

     Fair Value   

Gains (Losses)

Three months ended

 
In millions    March 31
2010
   December 31
2009
   March 31
2010
    March 31
2009
 

Assets

            

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 1,087    $ 939    $ 8      $ (146

Loans held for sale

     44      168      (2     (6

Equity investments (b)

        154        (43

Commercial mortgage servicing rights (c)

     359         (4     9   

Other intangible assets

     1      1       

Other real estate owned

     98      108      (30     (24

Long-lived assets held for sale

     15      30      (9        

Total assets

   $ 1,604    $ 1,400    $ (37   $ (210
(a) All Level 3 except $5 million in loans held for sale which were Level 2 at December 31, 2009.
(b) Includes LIHTC and other equity investments.
(c) One stratum at fair value at March 31, 2010 and no strata at fair value at December 31, 2009.

 

Fair Value Option

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, residential mortgage loans held for sale, customer resale agreements, and BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

At March 31, 2010, commercial mortgage loans held for sale for which we elected the fair value option had an aggregate fair value of $1.0 billion and an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $1.3 billion. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2009 were $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.

Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in other interest income. Net gains resulting from changes in fair value of these loans of $9 million in the first three months of 2010 and net losses of $58 million for the first three months of 2009 were recorded in other noninterest income. The impact on earnings of offsetting economic hedges is not reflected in these amounts. Changes in fair value due to instrument- specific credit risk for both the first three months of 2010 and the first three months of 2009 were not material. The changes in fair value of these loans were partially offset by changes in the fair value of the related financial derivatives that economically hedged these loans.

 

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

At March 31, 2010, residential mortgage loans held for sale for which we elected the fair value option had an aggregate fair value and an outstanding principal balance of $1.2 billion. The comparable aggregate fair value and outstanding principal balance at December 31, 2009 were $1.0 billion. Throughout 2010 and 2009, certain residential mortgage loans for which we elected the fair value option were subsequently reclassified to portfolio loans. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for the first three months of 2010 and the first three months of 2009 were not material. At March 31, 2010, residential mortgage loans held in portfolio had a total fair value of $109 million and a total outstanding principal balance of $127 million. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2009 were $88 million and $104 million, respectively.

Customer Resale Agreements

At March 31, 2010, structured resale agreements with an aggregate fair value of $963 million were included in federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The aggregate outstanding principal balance at March 31, 2010 was $900 million. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2009 were $990 million and $925 million, respectively. Interest income on structured resale agreements is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in other interest income. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first three months of 2010 and the first three months of 2009 were not material.


 

82


Table of Contents

The changes in fair value included in noninterest income for items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value (a)

 

     Gains (Losses)  
Three Months Ended March 31 – in millions    2010     2009  

Assets

      

Customer resale agreements

   $ 1      $ (7

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     9        (58

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     46        119   

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

     2        (3

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

     (30     61   
(a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.

Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances

 

In millions    Fair Value    Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
   Difference  

March 31, 2010

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 963    $ 900    $ 63   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,138      1,125      13   

Loans 90 days or more past due

     19      26      (7

Nonaccrual loans

     1      6      (5

Total

     1,158      1,157      1   

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)

          

Performing loans

     1,018      1,219      (201

Nonaccrual loans

     23      35      (12

Total

     1,041      1,254      (213

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

          

Performing loans

     38      40      (2

Loans 90 days or more past due

     54      56      (2

Nonaccrual loans

     17      31      (14

Total

   $ 109    $ 127    $ (18

December 31, 2009

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 990    $ 925    $ 65   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     971      977      (6

Loans 90 days or more past due

     40      50      (10

Nonaccrual loans

     1      9      (8

Total

     1,012      1,036      (24

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)

          

Performing loans

     1,023      1,235      (212

Nonaccrual loans

     27      41      (14

Total

     1,050      1,276      (226

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

          

Performing loans

     25      27      (2

Loans 90 days or more past due

     51      54      (3

Nonaccrual loans

     12      23      (11

Total

   $ 88    $ 104    $ (16
(a) There were no loans 90 days or more past due within this category at March 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.

 

83


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL FAIR VALUE INFORMATION RELATED TO FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

     March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009
In millions   

Carrying

Amount

  

Fair

Value

  

Carrying

Amount

  

Fair

Value

Assets

               

Cash and short-term assets

   $ 6,642    $ 6,642    $ 12,248    $ 12,248

Trading securities

     1,595      1,595      2,124      2,124

Investment securities

     57,606      57,907      56,027      56,319

Loans held for sale

     2,691      2,677      2,539      2,597

Net loans (excludes leases)

     145,837      145,078      146,270      145,014

Other assets

     4,978      4,978      4,883      4,883

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

     2,192      2,249      2,253      2,352

Financial derivatives

               

Designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     916      916      739      739

Not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     3,310      3,310      3,177      3,177
   

Liabilities

               

Demand, savings and money market deposits

     133,383      133,383      132,645      132,645

Time deposits

     49,140      49,578      54,277      54,534

Borrowed funds

     42,845      43,624      39,621      39,977

Financial derivatives

               

Designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     15      15      95      95

Not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     3,733      3,733      3,744      3,744

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     243      243      290      290

 

The aggregate fair values in the table above do not represent the total market value of PNC’s assets and liabilities as the table excludes the following:

   

real and personal property,

   

lease financing,

   

loan customer relationships,

   

deposit customer intangibles,

   

retail branch networks,

   

fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, and

   

trademarks and brand names.

We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate fair value amounts for financial instruments.

GENERAL

For short-term financial instruments realizable in three months or less, the carrying amount reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximates fair value. Unless otherwise stated, the rates used in discounted cash flow analyses are based on market yield curves.

CASH AND SHORT-TERM ASSETS

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for cash and short-term investments approximate fair values primarily due to their short-term nature. For purposes of this disclosure only, short-term assets include the following:

   

due from banks,

   

interest-earning deposits with banks,

   

federal funds sold and resale agreements,

   

cash collateral (excluding cash collateral netted against derivative fair values),

   

customers’ acceptance liability, and

   

accrued interest receivable.

SECURITIES

Securities include both the investment securities and trading portfolios. We use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. Approximately 60% of our positions are valued using prices obtained from pricing services provided by the Barclay’s Capital Index, formerly known as the Lehman Index, and Interactive Data Corp. (IDC). For approximately 15% or more of our positions, we use prices obtained from the pricing services as the primary input into the valuation process. Barclay’s Capital Index prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets such as agency mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other assets, such as CMBS and asset-backed securities. IDC primarily uses pricing models considering adjustments for ratings, spreads, matrix pricing and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency CMOs and municipal bonds. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding and corroborated with other dealers’ quotes, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, or by comparison to internal valuations.


 

84


Table of Contents

NET LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, net credit losses and servicing fees. For revolving home equity loans and commercial credit lines, this fair value does not include any amount for new loans or the related fees that will be generated from the existing customer relationships. Non-accrual loans are valued at their estimated recovery value. Also refer to the Fair Value Option section of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale. Loans are presented net of the allowance for loan and lease losses and do not include future accretable discounts related to purchased impaired loans.

OTHER ASSETS

Other assets as shown in the accompanying table include the following:

   

noncertificated interest-only strips,

   

FHLB and FRB stock,

   

equity investments carried at cost and fair value, and

   

private equity investments carried at fair value.

Investments accounted for under the equity method, including our investment in BlackRock, are not included in the accompanying table.

The carrying amounts of private equity investments are recorded at fair value. The valuation procedures applied to direct investments include techniques such as multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sales transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent investment portfolio company or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the general partner.

Fair value of the noncertificated interest-only strips is estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows. The aggregate carrying value of our equity investments carried at cost and FHLB and FRB stock was $2.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2009, both of which approximate fair value at each date.

MORTGAGE AND OTHER LOAN SERVICING ASSETS

Fair value is based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows, incorporating assumptions as to prepayment speeds, discount rates, escrow balances, interest rates, cost to service and other factors. We have controls in place intended to ensure that our fair values are appropriate. An independent

model review group reviews our valuation models and validates them for their intended use.

For commercial mortgage loan servicing assets, key valuation assumptions at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 included prepayment rates ranging from 7% – 20% and 6% – 19%, respectively, and discount rates ranging from 7% – 10% for both periods, which resulted in an estimated fair value of $1.0 billion for both periods.

For residential mortgage servicing assets, key assumptions at March 31, 2010 were a weighted average constant prepayment rate of 21.98%, weighted average life of 3.7 years and a discount rate, calculated as the spread over forward interest rate swap rates, of 12.17%, resulting in a fair value of $1.3 billion. The comparable amounts for December 31, 2009 were a weighted average constant prepayment rate of 19.92%, weighted average life of 4.5 years and a discount rate of 12.16%, resulting in a fair value of $1.3 billion.

CUSTOMER RESALE AGREEMENTS

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 8 regarding the fair value of customer resale agreements and bank notes.

DEPOSITS

The carrying amounts of noninterest-bearing demand and interest-bearing money market and savings deposits approximate fair values. For time deposits, which include foreign deposits, fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows assuming current interest rates.

BORROWED FUNDS

The carrying amounts of Federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, proprietary trading short positions, cash collateral (excluding cash collateral netted against derivative fair values), other short-term borrowings, acceptances outstanding and accrued interest payable are considered to be their fair value because of their short-term nature. For all other borrowed funds, fair values are estimated primarily based on dealer quotes.

UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

The fair value of unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is our estimate of the cost to terminate them. For purposes of this disclosure, this fair value is the sum of the deferred fees currently recorded by us on these facilities and the liability established on these facilities related to their creditworthiness.

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

For exchange-traded contracts, fair value is based on quoted market prices. For nonexchange-traded contracts, fair value is based on dealer quotes, pricing models or quoted prices for instruments with similar characteristics. Amounts for financial derivatives are presented on a gross basis.


 

85


Table of Contents

NOTE 9 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in goodwill by business segment during the first three months of 2010 follow:

Changes in Goodwill by Business Segment (a)

 

In millions    Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
   

Asset

Management

Group

    Black-
Rock
    Residential
Mortgage
Banking
   Other
(b)
   Total  

January 1, 2010

   $ 5,369      $ 2,756      $ 68      $ 26      $ 43    $ 1,243    $ 9,505   

Acquisition-related

     (51     (17     (4             (72

BlackRock

                             (8                   (8

March 31, 2010

   $ 5,318      $ 2,739      $ 64      $ 18      $ 43    $ 1,243    $ 9,425   
(a) The Distressed Assets Portfolio business segment does not have any goodwill allocated to it.
(b) Represents goodwill related to GIS, which is no longer a reportable business segment.

 

Changes in goodwill and other intangible assets during the first three months of 2010 follow:

Summary of Changes in Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    Goodwill     Customer-
Related
   

Servicing

Rights

 

January 1, 2010

   $ 9,505      $ 1,145      $ 2,259   

Additions/adjustments:

        

Acquisition-related

     (72      

Mortgage and other loan

servicing rights

         (36

BlackRock

     (8      

Impairment charge

         (4

Amortization

             (53     (22

March 31, 2010

   $ 9,425      $ 1,092      $ 2,197   

Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and are subject to refinement as information relative to the fair values at the date of acquisition becomes available.

Our investment in BlackRock changes when BlackRock repurchases its shares in the open market or issues shares for an acquisition or pursuant to its employee compensation plans. We adjust goodwill when BlackRock repurchases its shares at an amount greater (or less) than book value per share which results in an increase (or decrease) in our percentage ownership interest.

 

The gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of other intangible assets by major category consisted of the following:

Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions   

March 31

2010

    December 31
2009
 

Customer-related and other intangibles

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,742      $ 1,742   

Accumulated amortization

     (650     (597

Net carrying amount

   $ 1,092      $ 1,145   

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 2,692      $ 2,729   

Valuation allowance

     (4    

Accumulated amortization

     (491     (470

Net carrying amount

   $ 2,197      $ 2,259   

Total

   $ 3,289      $ 3,404   

While certain of our other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized primarily on a straight-line basis, certain core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis.

For customer-related intangibles, the estimated remaining useful lives range from less than one year to 11 years, with a weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately 10 years.


 

86


Table of Contents

Amortization expense on intangible assets, net of impairment reversal (charge), for the first quarter of 2010 was $70 million and $72 million for the first quarter of 2009. Amortization expense on existing intangible assets for 2010 through 2015 is estimated to be as follows:

   

Remainder of 2010: $209 million,

   

2011: $252 million,

   

2012: $245 million,

   

2013: $232 million,

   

2014: $214 million, and

   

2015: $195 million.

Changes in commercial mortgage servicing rights follow:

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2010     2009  

January 1

   $ 921      $ 864   

Additions

     25        22   

Impairment (charge) reversal

     (4     19   

Amortization expense

     (21     (31

March 31

   $ 921      $ 874   

We recognize as an other intangible asset the right to service mortgage loans for others. Commercial mortgage servicing rights are purchased in the open market and originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. Commercial mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value. These rights are subsequently measured using the amortization method. Accordingly, the commercial mortgage servicing rights are substantially amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income over a period of 5 to 10 years.

Commercial mortgage servicing rights are periodically evaluated for impairment. For purposes of impairment, the commercial mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on asset type, which characterizes the predominant risk of the underlying financial asset. If the carrying amount of any individual stratum exceeds its fair value, a valuation reserve is established with a corresponding charge to Corporate Services on our Consolidated Income Statement.

The fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates on servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

 

Changes in the residential mortgage servicing rights follow:

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2010     2009  

January 1

   $ 1,332      $ 1,008   

Additions:

      

From loans sold with servicing retained

     20        97   

Changes in fair value due to:

      

Time and payoffs (a)

     (45     (73

Purchase accounting adjustments

       17   

Other (b)

     (36     3   

March 31

   $ 1,271      $ 1,052   

Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at March 31

   $ 141,395      $ 168,444   
(a) Represents decrease in mortgage servicing rights value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents mortgage servicing rights value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

We recognize mortgage servicing right assets on residential real estate loans when we retain the obligation to service these loans upon sale and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. Mortgage servicing rights are subject to declines in value principally from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of mortgage servicing rights with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase in value when the value of mortgage servicing rights declines.

The fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using third party software with internal valuation assumptions. The software calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates on servicing revenue and costs, discount rates, prepayment speeds and future mortgage rates.

Revenue from mortgage and other loan servicing generated contractually specified servicing fees, late fees, and ancillary fees totaling $172 million for the first quarter of 2010 and $174 million for the first quarter of 2009. We also generate servicing revenue from fee-based activities provided to others.

Revenue from commercial mortgage servicing rights, residential mortgage servicing rights and other loan servicing are reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Corporate services, Residential mortgage, and Consumer services, respectively.


 

87


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 CAPITAL SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS

Our capital securities of subsidiary trusts are described in Note 14 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts in our 2009 Form 10-K. All of these Trusts are wholly owned finance subsidiaries of PNC. In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or federal tax rules, the capital securities are redeemable. The financial statements of the Trusts are not included in PNC’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

The obligations of the respective parent of each Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of such Trust under the terms of the capital securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on PNC’s overall ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, including an explanation of dividend and intercompany loan limitations, see Note 23 Regulatory Matters in our 2009 Form 10-K.

PNC is subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described in Note 3 Variable Interest Entities in our 2009 Form 10-K.

NOTE 11 CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

As described in Note 15 Employee Benefit Plans in our 2009 Form 10-K, we have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. The plan derives benefits from cash balance formulas based on compensation levels, age and length of service. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants.

Effective January 1, 2010, the pension plan has one design for all eligible employees. All new participants on or after January 1, 2010 will receive a fixed earnings credit of 3%. However, participants as of December 31, 2009 will be maintained at the earnings credit level they have attained as of that date going forward. The percentage will not increase in future years.

We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. The nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans are unfunded. The Company reserves the right to terminate or make plan changes at any time. Effective January 1, 2010, various benefit plans were amended to provide one plan design for all eligible employees.

 

The pending sale of GIS will affect GIS participants in the pension and postretirement plans. At closing, all GIS participants will be vested in their benefits under the pension plan and their active participation in such plan will be terminated. However, they will continue to accrue service towards earning their retiree medical benefit. These changes will not have a significant impact on any of the plans.

The components of our net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit cost for the first quarters of 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

    Qualified
Pension Plan
    Nonqualified
Retirement Plans
  Postretirement
Benefits
 

Three months ended
March 31

In millions

  2010     2009     2010   2009   2010     2009  

Net periodic cost consists of:

                 

Service cost

  $ 24      $ 23      $ 1   $ 1   $ 1      $ 1   

Interest cost

    51        54        3     4     5        5   

Expected return on plan assets

    (72     (66            

Amortization of prior service cost

    (2               (1     (1

Amortization of actuarial losses

    9        20        1                      

Net periodic cost (benefit)

  $ 10      $ 31      $ 5   $ 5   $ 5      $ 5   

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

As more fully described in Note 16 Stock-Based Compensation Plans in our 2009 Form 10-K, we have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted stock, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of the year. As of March 31, 2010, no stock appreciation rights were outstanding.

Total compensation expense recognized related to all share-based payment arrangements during the first quarters of 2010 and 2009 was approximately $27 million and $6 million, respectively.

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

Options are granted at exercise prices not less than the market value of common stock on the grant date. Generally, options become exercisable in installments after the grant date. No option may be exercisable after 10 years from its grant date. Payment of the option exercise price may be in cash or shares of common stock at market value on the exercise date. The exercise price may be paid in previously owned shares.


 

88


Table of Contents

For purposes of computing stock option expense, we estimated the fair value of stock options primarily by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Option pricing models require the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are very subjective.

 

We used the following assumptions in the option pricing models to determine 2010 and 2009 stock option expense:

 

Weighted-average for the three months ended

March 31

   2010     2009  

Risk-free interest rate

   2.9   1.9

Dividend yield

   0.7      3.6   

Volatility

   32.7      27.2   

Expected life

   6.0 yrs.      5.6 yrs.   

 

Stock option information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 follows.

 

      PNC   

PNC Options

Converted From
National City
Options

   Total
In thousands, except weighted-average data    Shares    

Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price

   Shares    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise
Price

   Shares    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise
Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

   18,496      $ 56.10    1,522      $ 637.64    20,018      $ 100.32

Granted

   2,109        54.01           2,109        54.01

Exercised

   (67     39.84           (67     39.84

Cancelled

   (286     62.29    (40     355.41    (326     98.18

Outstanding at March 31, 2010

   20,252      $ 55.85    1,482      $ 645.24    21,734      $ 96.04

Exercisable at March 31, 2010

   12,739      $ 62.03    1,482      $ 645.24    14,221      $ 122.81

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the first three months of 2010 and 2009 was $18.44 and $5.52 per option, respectively.

During the first three months of 2010 we issued approximately 67,000 shares from treasury stock in connection with stock option exercise activity. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize treasury stock for any future stock option exercises.

INCENTIVE/PERFORMANCE UNIT SHARE AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK/UNIT AWARDS

The fair value of nonvested incentive/performance unit share awards and restricted stock/unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock price on the date of grant. Incentive/performance unit share awards are subsequently valued subject to the achievement of one or more financial and other performance goals over a three-year period. The Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approves the final award payout with respect to incentive/performance unit share awards. Restricted stock/unit awards have various vesting periods generally ranging from 12 months to 60 months. There are no financial or performance goals associated with any of our restricted stock/unit awards. We recognize compensation expense for such awards ratably over the corresponding vesting and/or performance periods for each type of program.

 

A summary of nonvested incentive/performance unit shares and restricted stock/unit share activity follows:

 

Shares in thousands   

Nonvested
Incentive/

Performance
Unit Shares

    Weighted-
Average
Grant  Date
Fair Value
  

Nonvested
Restricted

Stock/
Unit Shares

    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Dec. 31, 2009

   285      $ 66.45    2,213      $ 53.45

Granted

   189        53.78    596        54.01

Vested

   (128     74.96    (386     72.25

Forfeited

              (15     42.28

March 31, 2010

   346      $ 56.40    2,408      $ 50.65

In the chart above, the unit shares and related weighted-average grant-date fair value of the incentive/performance awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash.

At March 31, 2010, there was $70 million of unrecognized deferred compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plans. This cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.

LIABILITY AWARDS

Beginning in 2008, we granted cash-payable restricted share units to certain members of management. The grants were made primarily as part of an annual bonus incentive deferral plan. While there are time-based, service-related vesting criteria, there are no market or performance criteria associated with these awards. Compensation expense recognized related to these awards was recorded in prior periods as part of annual cash bonus criteria. As of March 31, 2010, there were 494,885 of these cash-payable restricted share units outstanding.


 

89


Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2009, we entered into an agreement with certain of our executives regarding a portion of their salary to be payable in stock units. These units, which are cash-payable, have no future service, market or performance criteria and as such are fully expensed at grant date. These units will be settled in cash on March 31, 2011. We eliminated the granting of any future salary payable in stock units beginning March 2010. As of March 31, 2010, there were 280,174 of these units outstanding, with a current market value of approximately $17 million.

A summary of all nonvested, cash-payable restricted share unit activity follows:

 

In thousands   

Nonvested
Cash-Payable

Restricted
Unit Shares

     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

   1,001        

Granted

   316        

Vested and released

   (181     

Forfeited

   (13     

Outstanding at March 31, 2010

   1,123       $ 67,041

NOTE 12 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives) primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities and, to a lesser extent, to take proprietary risk positions.

Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and it is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate, commonly LIBOR, security price or other index. Certain contracts and commitments, such as residential and commercial real estate loan commitments associated with loans to be sold, also qualify as derivative instruments.

All derivatives are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative fair values.

Further discussion on how derivatives are accounted for is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in our 2009 Form 10-K.

 

Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships

Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges, while derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives, to the extent effective, to be recognized in the income statement in the same period the hedged items affect earnings.

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. For these cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives that are effective in offsetting changes in the forecasted interest cash flows are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified to interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest receipts on the loans. In the 12 months that follow March 31, 2010, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income net derivative gains of $272 million pretax, or $177 million after-tax, in association with interest receipts on the hedged loans. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates and the addition of other hedges subsequent to March 31, 2010. The maximum length of time over which forecasted loan cash flows are hedged is 10 years. We use statistical regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of these hedge relationships at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis.

We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of debt securities classified as available for sale. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. As a result, hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is typically minimal. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. In the 12 months that follow March 31, 2010, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net derivative gains of $4 million pretax, or $2 million after-tax, as adjustments of yield on securities available for sale. The maximum length of time we are hedging forecasted purchases is three months. There were no amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the forecasted sale of securities at March 31, 2010.

There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to either cash flow hedge strategy.


 

90


Table of Contents

During the first three months of 2010 and 2009, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

Fair Value Hedges

We enter into receive fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt and borrowings caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. The specific products hedged include bank notes, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, and senior and subordinated debt. For these hedge relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Further detail regarding the notional amounts, fair values and gains and losses recognized related to derivatives used in fair value and cash flow hedge strategies is presented in the tables that follow.

The ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value and cash flow hedge derivatives resulted in net losses of less than $1 million for the first three months of 2010 compared with net gains of $8 million for the first three months of 2009.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

We also enter into derivatives which are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP.

The majority of these derivatives are used to manage risk related to residential and commercial mortgage banking activities and are considered economic hedges. Although these derivatives are used to hedge risk, they are not designated as accounting hedges because the contracts they are hedging are typically also carried at fair value on the balance sheet, resulting in symmetrical accounting treatment for both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Our residential mortgage banking activities consist of originating, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market, and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the loans and commitments due to interest rate risk are hedged with forward loan sale contracts and Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options. Gains and losses on the loans and commitments held for sale and the derivatives used to economically hedge them are included in residential mortgage noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

We typically retain the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that we sell. Residential mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value influenced primarily by changes in interest rates. Derivatives used to hedge the fair value of residential mortgage servicing

rights include interest rate futures, swaps and options, including purchased caps, floors, and swaptions, and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on residential mortgage servicing rights and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in residential mortgage noninterest income.

Commercial mortgage loans are also sold into the secondary market as part of our commercial mortgage banking activities and are accounted for at fair value. Commitments related to loans that will be sold are considered derivatives and are also accounted for at fair value. Derivatives used to economically hedge these loans and commitments from changes in fair value due to interest rate risk and credit risk include forward loan sale contracts, interest rate swaps, and credit default swaps. Gains and losses on the commitments, loans and derivatives are included in other noninterest income.

The residential and commercial loan commitments associated with loans to be sold which are accounted for as derivatives are valued based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value also takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right.

We offer derivatives to our customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives primarily consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors, swaptions, and foreign exchange and equity contracts. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer transactions by entering into offsetting derivative transactions with third-party dealers. Gains and losses on customer-related derivatives are included in other noninterest income.

The derivatives portfolio also includes derivatives used for other risk management activities or for proprietary trading purposes. These derivatives are entered into based on stated risk management objectives taking into consideration market expectations and the potential to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and the market.

This segment of the portfolio includes credit default swaps (CDS) used to mitigate the risk of economic loss on a portion of our loan exposure and to take proprietary trading positions. We also sell loss protection to mitigate the net premium cost and the impact of mark-to-market accounting on CDS purchases to hedge the loan portfolio and to take proprietary trading positions. The fair values of these derivatives typically are based on related credit spreads. Gains and losses on the derivatives entered into for other risk management or proprietary trading are included in other noninterest income.

Included in the customer, mortgage banking risk management, and other risk management and proprietary trading portfolios are written interest-rate caps and floors entered into with customers and for risk management and proprietary trading purposes. We receive an upfront premium from the


 

91


Table of Contents

counterparty and are obligated to make payments to the counterparty if the underlying market interest rate rises above or falls below a certain level designated in the contract. At March 31, 2010, the fair value of the written caps and floors liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $10 million compared with $15 million at December 31, 2009. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement.

Further detail regarding the derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the tables that follow.

Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

By purchasing and writing derivative contracts we are exposed to credit risk if the counterparties fail to perform. We seek to minimize credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting agreements and collateral requirements. We generally enter into transactions with counterparties that carry high quality credit ratings. Nonperformance risk including credit risk is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value.

We generally have established agreements with our major derivative dealer counterparties that provide for exchanges of marketable securities or cash to collateralize either party’s positions. At March 31, 2010, we held cash, US government securities and mortgage-backed securities with a total of $508 million under these agreements. We pledged cash of $656 million under these agreements. To the extent not netted against derivative fair values under a master netting agreement, cash pledged is included in Other assets and cash held is included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending

loans and is subject to normal credit policies. We may obtain collateral based on our assessment of the customer’s credit quality.

We periodically enter into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. We will make/receive payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain derivative swap contracts. Risk participation agreements are included in the derivatives table that follows. Our exposure related to risk participations where we serve as the guarantor is discussed in the Credit Derivatives section below.

Contingent Features

Some of PNC’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require PNC’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies. If PNC’s debt ratings were to fall below investment grade, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.

The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position on March 31, 2010 was $772 million for which PNC had posted collateral of $627 million in the normal course of business. The maximum amount of collateral PNC would have been required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on March 31, 2010, would be an additional $145 million.


 

92


Table of Contents

Total notional or contractual amounts and estimated net fair values for derivatives follow:

 

     Asset Derivatives         Liability Derivatives
     March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009         March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009
In millions   

Notional/

Contract
Amount

  

Fair

Value (a)

  

Notional/

Contract
Amount

  

Fair

Value (a)

       

Notional/

Contract
Amount

  

Fair

Value (b)

  

Notional/

Contract
Amount

  

Fair

Value (b)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

                            

Interest rate contracts:

                            

Cash flow hedges

   $ 8,562    $ 100    $ 6,394    $ 32       $ 2,449    $ 15    $ 7,011    $ 95

Fair value hedges

     14,176      816      13,048      707                 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   $ 22,738    $ 916    $ 19,442    $ 739       $ 2,449    $ 15    $ 7,011    $ 95

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

                            

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

                            

Residential mortgage servicing

                            

Interest rate contracts

   $ 137,803    $ 709    $ 88,593    $ 651       $ 45,217    $ 716    $ 42,874    $ 766

Loan sales

                            

Interest rate contracts

     4,576      32      4,251      39         2,460      10      1,977      14

Subtotal

   $ 142,379    $ 741    $ 92,844    $ 690       $ 47,677    $ 726    $ 44,851    $ 780

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

                            

Interest rate contracts

   $ 2,081    $ 84    $ 2,128    $ 67       $ 1,743    $ 103    $ 1,553    $ 74

Credit contracts:

                            

Credit default swaps

     385      45      410      59         50      5      50      7

Subtotal

   $ 2,466    $ 129    $ 2,538    $ 126       $ 1,793    $ 108    $ 1,603    $ 81

Derivatives used for customer- related activities:

                            

Interest rate contracts

   $ 50,003    $ 2,253    $ 51,270    $ 2,193       $ 47,483    $ 2,296    $ 49,659    $ 2,237

Foreign exchange contracts

     5,022      144      4,168      122         4,145      119      3,834      108

Equity contracts

     234      16      195      16         154      18      156      16

Credit contracts:

                            

Risk participation agreements

     1,310      3      1,091      3         1,721      3      1,728      2

Subtotal

   $ 56,569    $ 2,416    $ 56,724    $ 2,334       $ 53,503    $ 2,436    $ 55,377    $ 2,363

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

                            

Interest rate contracts

   $ 4,620    $ 12    $ 3,222    $ 13       $ 2,481    $ 6    $ 2,360    $ 19

Foreign exchange contracts

     37         39      1         2         2     

Credit contracts:

                            

Credit default swaps

     506      12      516      13         547      5      612      15

Other contracts (c)

                    209      452      211      486

Subtotal

   $ 5,163    $ 24    $ 3,777    $ 27       $ 3,239    $ 463    $ 3,185    $ 520

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 206,577    $ 3,310    $ 155,883    $ 3,177       $ 106,212    $ 3,733    $ 105,016    $ 3,744

Total Gross Derivatives

   $ 229,315    $ 4,226    $ 175,325    $ 3,916       $ 108,661    $ 3,748    $ 112,027    $ 3,839

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements

        1,625         1,600            1,625         1,600

Less: Cash collateral

        381         269            410         506

Total Net Derivatives

          $ 2,220           $ 2,047              $ 1,713           $ 1,733
(a) Included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs.

 

93


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments and related hedged items follow:

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Fair Value Hedges

 

                 March 31, 2010     March 31, 2009  
Three months ended              Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
   Gain
(Loss) on
Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
    Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
   Gain
(Loss) on
Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
 
in millions    Hedged Items    Location    Amount    Amount     Amount    Amount  

Interest rate contracts

   Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings    Borrowed funds (interest expense)    $ (25)    $ 24      $ (27)    $ 30   

Interest rate contracts

   Subordinated debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)      60      (65     (88)      91   

Interest rate contracts

   Bank notes and senior debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)      42      (39     11      (9

Total

             $ 77    $ (80   $ (104)    $ 112   

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Cash Flow Hedges

 

Three months ended

In millions

         Gain on Derivatives
Recognized in
OCI (Effective Portion)
   Gain Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
   Gain Recognized in Income
on Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)
            Amount    Location    Amount    Location    Amount

March 31, 2010

   Interest rate contracts    $240    Interest income    $ 94    Interest income    $ 3
         Noninterest income      22        

March 31, 2009

   Interest rate contracts    $76    Interest income    $ 70    Interest income    $

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments under GAAP

 

      Three months ended
March  31
 
In millions      2010          2009    

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

       

Residential mortgage servicing

       

Interest rate contracts

   $ 70       $ 197   

Loan sales

       

Interest rate contracts

     (21      (3

Gains included in residential mortgage noninterest income

   $ 49       $ 194   

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

       

Interest rate contracts

   $ (21    $ 25   

Credit contracts

     (7      49   

Gains/(losses) from commercial mortgage banking activities (a)

   $ (28    $ 74   

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

       

Interest rate contracts

   $ (6    $ (23

Foreign exchange contracts

     13         50   

Equity contracts

     (1      (4

Credit contracts

     (1     

Gains from customer-related activities (a)

   $ 5       $ 23   

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

       

Interest rate contracts

   $ 1       $ 9   

Foreign exchange contracts

     (1     

Credit contracts

     4         (11

Other contracts (b)

     30         37   

Gains from other risk management activities (a)

   $ 34       $ 35   

Total gains from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 60       $ 326   
(a) Included in other noninterest income.
(b) Relates to Blackrock LTIP.

 

94


Table of Contents

CREDIT DERIVATIVES

The credit derivative underlying is based on the credit risk of a specific entity, entities, or an index. As discussed above, we enter into credit derivatives, specifically credit default swaps and risk participation agreements, as part of our commercial mortgage banking hedging activities and for customer and other risk management purposes. Further detail regarding credit default swaps and risk participations sold follows:

Credit Default Swaps

 

      March 31, 2010         December 31, 2009
Dollars in millions    Notional
Amount
   Estimated
Net Fair
Value
   

Weighted-
Average
Remaining

Maturity
In Years

        Notional
Amount
   Estimated
Net Fair
Value
   

Weighted-
Average
Remaining

Maturity
In Years

Credit Default Swaps – Guarantor

                  

Single name

   $ 60    $ 4      3.41       $ 85    $ (4   3.18

Index traded

     457      (5   5.83         457            6.12

Total (a)

   $ 517    $ (1   5.55       $ 542    $ (4   5.66

Credit Default Swaps – Beneficiary

                  

Single name

   $ 536    $ 2      3.42       $ 586    $ 1      3.69

Index traded

     435      46      35.45         460      53      35.89

Total (b)

   $ 971    $ 48      17.77       $ 1,046    $ 54      17.85

Total (c)

   $ 1,488    $ 47      13.52       $ 1,588    $ 50      13.69
(a) Includes $481 million notional of investment grade credit default swaps with a rating of Baa3 or above and $36 million notional of subinvestment grade based on published rating agency information at March 31, 2010 compared with $496 million and $46 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009.
(b) Includes $819 million notional of investment grade credit default swaps with a rating of Baa3 or above and $152 million notional of subinvestment grade based on published rating agency information at March 31, 2010 compared with $894 million and $152 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009.
(c) The referenced/underlying assets for these credit default swaps as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was approximately 66% corporate debt, 29% commercial mortgage-backed securities and 5% loans.

 

We enter into credit default swaps under which we buy loss protection from or sell loss protection to a counterparty for the occurrence of a credit event related to a referenced entity or index. The fair value of contracts sold where we serve as the guarantor was a net liability of $1 million at March 31, 2010 on our Consolidated Balance Sheet compared with $4 million at December 31, 2009. The maximum amount we would be required to pay under the credit default swaps in which we sold protection, assuming all referenced underlyings experience a credit event at a total loss, without recoveries, was $517 million at March 31, 2010 compared with $542 million at December 31, 2009.

Risk Participation Agreements

We have entered into risk participation agreements sold with terms ranging from less than one year to 21 years. We will be required to make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain derivative swap contracts with third parties.

 

As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the notional amount of risk participation agreements sold was $1.7 billion with a weighted average remaining maturity of 2 years. The fair value of these agreements as of March 31, 2010 on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was a net liability of $3 million compared with $2 million at December 31, 2009.

Based on the Corporation’s internal risk rating process at March 31, 2010, 87% of the notional amount of the risk participation agreements sold had underlying swap counterparties with internal credit ratings of pass, indicating the expected risk of loss is currently low, while 13% had underlying swap counterparties with internal risk ratings below pass, indicating a higher degree of risk of default. The comparable data at December 31, 2009 was 94% and 6%, respectively. Assuming all underlying swap counterparties defaulted at March 31, 2010, the exposure from these agreements would be $74 million based on the fair value of the underlying swaps compared with $78 million at December 31, 2009.


 

95


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth basic and diluted earnings per common share calculations:

 

     Three months ended
March 31
 
In millions, except share and per share data    2010     2009  

Basic

    

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 648      $ 520   

Less:

    

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (5     4   

Dividends distributed to common shareholders

     45        292   

Dividends distributed to preferred shareholders

     93        51   

Preferred stock discount accretion

     250        15   

Undistributed net income from continuing operations

   $ 265      $ 158   

Undistributed net income from discontinued operations

     23        10   

Undistributed net income

   $ 288      $ 168   

Percentage of undistributed income allocated to common shares

     99.7     99.7

Undistributed income from continuing operations allocated to common shares

   $ 264      $ 157   

Plus common dividends

     45        292   

Net income from continuing operations attributable to basic common shares

   $ 309      $ 449   

Undistributed income from discontinued operations allocated to common shares

     23        10   

Net income attributable to basic common shares

   $ 332      $ 459   

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     498,010        443,049   

Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations

   $ .62      $ 1.02   

Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

     .05        .02   

Basic earnings per common share

   $ .67      $ 1.04   

Diluted

    

Net income from continuing operations attributable to basic common shares

   $ 309      $ 449   

Less: BlackRock common stock equivalents

     2        1   

Net income from continuing operations attributable to diluted common shares

   $ 307      $ 448   

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to diluted common shares

     23        10   

Net income attributable to diluted common shares

   $ 330      $ 458   

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     498,010        443,049   

Dilutive potential common shares (a) (b)

     2,317        688   

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     500,327        443,737   

Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations

   $ .61      $ 1.01   

Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

     .05        .02   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ .66      $ 1.03   

(a)    Excludes stock options considered to be anti-dilutive (in thousands)

     14,134        20,402   

(b)    Excludes warrants considered to be anti-dilutive (in thousands)

     21,929        19,407   

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common stockholders. The two-class method requires undistributed earnings for the period, which represents net income less common and participating security dividends (if applicable) declared or paid, to be allocated between the common and participating security stockholders based upon their respective rights to receive dividends. Participating securities include unvested restricted shares that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends. Income attributable to common stockholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per common share takes into consideration common stock equivalents issuable pursuant to convertible preferred stock, convertible debentures, warrants, unexercised stock options and unvested shares/units. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two class method.

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 TOTAL EQUITY AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Activity in total equity for the first three months of 2010 follows. The par value of our preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 2010 totaled less than $.5 million and, therefore, is excluded from the table.

 

           Shareholders’ Equity                
In millions, except per share data  

Shares
Outstanding

Common
Stock

   Common
Stock
   Capital
Surplus –
Preferred
Stock
    Capital
Surplus –
Common
Stock
and
Other
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  462    $ 2,354    $ 7,974      $ 8,945      $ 13,144      $ (1,962   $ (513   $ 2,625      $ 32,567   

Cumulative effect of adopting ASU

2009-17, Consolidations

                                (92     (13                     (105

Balance at January 1, 2010

  462    $ 2,354    $ 7,974      $ 8,945      $ 13,052      $ (1,975   $ (513   $ 2,625      $ 32,462   

Net income

                676              (5     671   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                       

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities

                  13              13   

Net unrealized securities gains

                  487              487   

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

                  78              78   

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments

                  120              120   

Other

                                        (11                     (11

Comprehensive income

                                                        (5     1,358   

Cash dividends declared

                       

Common ($.10 per share)

                (45             (45

Preferred

                (93             (93

Redemption of Series N (TARP)

                       

Preferred Stock

            (7,579                 (7,579

Preferred stock discount accretion

            250          (250          

Common stock activity (a)

  64      322        3,055                  3,377   

Treasury stock activity (b)

              (27         13          (14

Other

                        (28                             (4     (32

Balance at March 31, 2010

  526    $ 2,676    $ 645      $ 11,945      $ 13,340      $ (1,288   $ (500   $ 2,616      $ 29,434   
(a) Includes 63.9 million common shares issuance, the net proceeds of which were used together with other available funds to redeem the Series N (TARP) Preferred Stock, for a $3.4 billion net increase in total equity.
(b) Net treasury stock activity totaled less than .5 million shares.

Comprehensive income for the first three months of 2009 was $1.3 billion.

A summary of the components of the change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) follows:

 

Three months ended March 31, 2010

In millions

   Pretax     Tax (Expense)
Benefit
    After-tax  

Change in net unrealized securities losses:

      

Cumulative effect of adopting ASU 2009-17

   $ (20   $ 7      $ (13

Increase in net unrealized losses for securities with OTTI charges

     (93     33        (60

Less: OTTI losses realized in net income

     (116     43        (73

Change in net unrealized losses on OTTI securities

     23        (10     13   

Decrease in net unrealized losses arising during the period for non-OTTI securities

     864        (320     544   

Less: Net gains realized in net income

     90        (33     57   

Change in net unrealized losses on non-OTTI securities

     774        (287     487   

Change in net unrealized securities losses

     777        (290     487   

Change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives:

      

Increase in net unrealized gains during the period on cash flow hedge derivatives

     240        (89     151   

Less: Net gains realized in net income

     116        (43     73   

Change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     124        (46     78   

Change in pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments

     190        (70     120   

Change in other, net

     (26     15        (11

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 1,065      $ (391   $ 674   

The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
In millions    Pretax     After-tax      Pretax     After-tax  

Net unrealized securities losses

   $ (453   $ (286    $ (1,207   $ (760

OTTI losses on debt securities

     (1,273     (803      (1,296     (816

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     387        244         263        166   

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments

     (668     (422      (858     (542

Other, net

     (53     (21      (27     (10

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (2,060   $ (1,288    $ (3,125   $ (1,962

 

97


Table of Contents

Repurchase of Outstanding TARP Preferred Stock

Note 19 Equity in our 2009 Form 10-K describes our December 31, 2008 issuance of 75,792 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series N (Series N Preferred Stock), related issuance discount and the warrant to purchase common shares to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

As approved by the Federal Reserve Board, US Treasury and our other banking regulators, on February 10, 2010, we redeemed all 75,792 shares of our Series N Preferred Stock held by the US Treasury totaling $7.6 billion. We used the net proceeds from the common stock and senior notes offerings described in Note 28 Subsequent Events in our 2009 Form 10-K and other funds to redeem the Series N Preferred Stock.

In connection with the redemption of the Series N Preferred Stock, we accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series N Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $250 million during the first quarter of 2010. This resulted in a one-time, noncash reduction in net income attributable to common stockholders and related basic and diluted earnings per share.

Dividends of $89 million were paid on February 10, 2010 when the Series N Preferred Stock was redeemed. PNC paid total dividends of $421 million to the US Treasury while the Series N preferred shares were outstanding.

TARP Warrant

A warrant issued to the US Treasury in connection with the Series N Preferred Stock enables the US Treasury to purchase up to approximately 16.9 million shares of PNC common stock at an exercise price of $67.33 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable in full or in part and expires on December 31, 2018. We did not exercise our right to seek to repurchase the TARP warrant when we redeemed the Series N Preferred Stock in February 2010.

The proceeds from the December 31, 2008 issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock were allocated based on the fair values of the TARP warrant and the Series N Preferred Stock. The fair value of the warrant was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The model incorporates assumptions regarding our common stock price, dividend yield, stock price volatility, as well as assumptions regarding the risk-free interest rate. Using this model, the warrant was valued at $304 million at March 31, 2010 and is included in Capital surplus – common stock and other on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

See Note 20 Subsequent Event regarding the May 2010 exchange of the TARP warrant for 16,885,192 warrants, each to purchase one share of PNC common stock, and the sale of such warrants by the US Treasury in a secondary public offering.

 

NOTE 15 INCOME TAXES

We had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $.9 billion at March 31, 2010 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2009. The majority of the federal net operating loss can be carried forward to future tax periods until 2029. We have established that no valuation allowance relating to the federal net operating losses is necessary based upon all available positive and negative evidence including PNC’s forecast of future taxable income.

We had $1.8 billion of state net operating loss carryforwards at March 31, 2010 and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2009. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2010 to 2029. We have established a valuation allowance of $31 million relating to the state net operating losses at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

We had federal tax credit carryforwards of $289 million at March 31, 2010 and $254 million at December 31, 2009. In addition, there were $4 million of state tax credit carryforwards at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The credit carryforwards will expire from 2012 to 2029. We have established that no valuation allowance relating to the tax credits is necessary based upon all available positive and negative evidence including PNC’s forecast of future taxable income.

PNC’s consolidated federal income tax returns through 2003 have been audited by the IRS and we have resolved all matters through the IRS Appeals Division. The IRS is currently examining our 2004 through 2006 consolidated federal income tax returns and we expect that examination to conclude, with all adjustments being agreed to, in the first half of 2010. We expect the IRS to begin its examination of our 2007 and 2008 consolidated federal income tax returns during 2010.

The consolidated federal income tax returns of National City through 2004 have been audited by the IRS. Included in the 2003 and 2004 examination were certain adjustments which are under review by the IRS Appeals Division. We do not anticipate any significant adverse impact to net income. The IRS has completed field examination of the 2005 through 2007 consolidated federal income tax returns of National City and a final report is expected in the second quarter of 2010. The audit of the 2008 federal income tax return will commence in 2010.

We had unrecognized tax benefits of $227 million at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. At March 31, 2010, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate was $161 million.

It is reasonably possible that the liability for uncertain tax positions could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the liability for uncertain tax positions could decrease by $44 million within the next twelve months.


 

98


Table of Contents

NOTE 16 SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF BLACKROCK

Summarized consolidated financial information of BlackRock follows.

 

In millions    Three months ended
March 31
 
      2010    2009  

Total revenue

   $ 1,995    $ 987   

Total expenses

     1,341      716   

Operating income

     654      271   

Non-operating income (expense)

     2      (179

Income before income taxes

     656      92   

Income tax expense

     228      30   

Net income

     428      62   

Less: net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     5      (22

Net income attributable to BlackRock

   $ 423    $ 84   

NOTE 17 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The disclosure below updates the description of legal proceedings in Note 24 Legal Proceedings in Part II, Item 8 of our 2009 Form 10-K.

National City Matters

ERISA Cases

In February 2009, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio against National City, National City Bank, the Administrative Committee of the National City Savings and Investment Plan, Harbor Federal Savings Bank, the Harbor Employees Stock Ownership Plan Committee and certain National City and Harbor directors and officers. This lawsuit was brought as a class action on behalf of all participants in or beneficiaries of the Harbor ESOP between December 1, 2006 and the present whose account in the Harbor ESOP held National City stock (including National City units), and who continued to be employed by National City through December 31, 2007. The complaint alleged breaches of fiduciary duties under ERISA relating to, among other things, National City stock being offered as an investment alternative, an alleged lock-up of National City stock, failure to pay benefits, conflicts of interest, and monitoring and disclosure obligations. The complaint sought equitable relief (including a declaration that the defendants breached their ERISA fiduciary duties, an injunction prohibiting further breaches, an order compelling the defendants to make good any losses to the Plan caused by their actions, the imposition of a constructive trust on any profits earned by the defendants from their actions and restitution), unspecified money damages and attorneys’ fees and costs. In January 2010, the parties entered into a definitive agreement settling this litigation. In May 2010, the court entered an order and final judgment approving this settlement. The amount of the settlement is not material to PNC.

Securities and State Law Fiduciary Cases

   

In the lawsuit filed in April 2008 in the Cuyahoga County, Ohio, Court of Common Pleas against National City, the parties entered into a settlement agreement in April 2010. The court has preliminarily approved the settlement. The settlement is subject to, among other things, notice to the proposed class and final court approval. A final settlement hearing is scheduled for June 2010. The amount of the settlement would not be material to PNC.

   

In the lawsuit filed in August 2008 in the Palm Beach County, Florida, Circuit Court and now pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, the parties reached a tentative settlement in March 2010, which is subject to, among other things, documentation, notice to the proposed class and court approval. The amount of the settlement would not be material to PNC.

   

In October 2008, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against National City. In December 2008, the complaint was amended to add as defendants Corsair Capital, LLC, Corsair NC Co-Invest, L.P. and unnamed other investors participating in the April 2008 capital infusion into National City. As amended, the lawsuit was brought as a class action on behalf of all shareholders of National City who owned shares as of October 24, 2008. The amended complaint alleged breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with the capital infusion and misstatements and omissions relating to the effect of the capital infusion, National City’s ability to participate in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, and National City’s capital position and financial stability in violation of the federal securities laws. This case was conditionally transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. In April 2010, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion to dismiss the complaint, and the case was dismissed.

   

In the lawsuit filed in December 2008 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, defendants have filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.

National City Acquisition-Related Litigation

The Delaware Supreme Court affirmed the Chancery Court’s approval of the settlement in April 2010.

Adelphia

The defendants have filed a motion for summary judgment on the remaining claims currently being prosecuted by the Adelphia Recovery Trust. The Adelphia Recovery Trust lawsuit is still scheduled for trial in September 2010.

One of the pending lawsuits brought by holders of debt or equity securities of Adelphia Communications Corporation has been settled. PNC’s contribution to this settlement is not material.


 

99


Table of Contents

CBNV Mortgage Litigation

The United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit heard oral argument in April 2010 on the appeal of the final approval by the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement of the class action lawsuit in which the plaintiffs and class members had obtained second mortgages that were assigned to Residential Finance Corporation.

NOTE 18 COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

EQUITY FUNDING AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

Our unfunded commitments at March 31, 2010 included private equity investments of $440 million and other investments of $64 million.

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

We issue standby letters of credit and have risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes. Net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $10.1 billion at March 31, 2010 and $10.0 billion at December 31, 2009.

Based on PNC’s internal risk rating process for standby letters of credit as of March 31, 2010, 87% of the net outstanding balance had internal credit ratings of pass, indicating the expected risk of loss is currently low, compared with 86% as of December 31, 2009. At March 31, 2010, 13% of the net outstanding balance had internal risk ratings below pass, indicating a higher degree of risk of default, compared with 14% as of December 31, 2009.

If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon the request of the guaranteed party, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances outstanding on March 31, 2010 had terms ranging from less than 1 year to 9 years. The aggregate maximum amount of future payments PNC could be required to make under outstanding standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $13.0 billion at March 31, 2010, of which $6.0 billion support remarketing programs.

As of March 31, 2010, assets of approximately $1.2 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. Approximately $2.9 billion in recourse provisions from third parties was also available for this purpose as of March 31, 2010. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit and letter of credit risk participations issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us.

The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $259 million at March 31, 2010.

STANDBY BOND PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND OTHER LIQUIDITY FACILITIES

We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations. At March 31, 2010, the aggregate of our commitments under these facilities was $400 million. We also enter into certain other liquidity facilities to support individual pools of receivables acquired by commercial paper conduits. At March 31, 2010 our total commitments under these facilities were $145 million.

INDEMNIFICATIONS

As further described in our 2009 Form 10-K, we are a party to numerous acquisition or divestiture agreements under which we have purchased or sold, or agreed to purchase or sell, various types of assets. These agreements generally include indemnification provisions under which we indemnify the third parties to these agreements against a variety of risks to the indemnified parties as a result of the transaction in question. When PNC is the seller, the indemnification provisions will generally also provide the buyer with protection relating to the quality of the assets we are selling and the extent of any liabilities being assumed by the buyer. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

We provide indemnification in connection with securities offering transactions in which we are involved. When we are the issuer of the securities, we provide indemnification to the underwriters or placement agents analogous to the indemnification provided to the purchasers of businesses from us, as described above. When we are an underwriter or placement agent, we provide a limited indemnification to the issuer related to our actions in connection with the offering and, if there are other underwriters, indemnification to the other underwriters intended to result in an appropriate sharing of the risk of participating in the offering. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain types of agreements that include provisions for indemnifying third parties. We also enter into certain types of agreements, including leases, assignments of leases, and subleases, in which we agree to indemnify third parties for acts by our agents, assignees and/or sublessees, and employees. We also enter into contracts for the delivery of technology service in which we indemnify the other party against claims of patent and copyright infringement by third parties. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot calculate our aggregate potential exposure under them.


 

100


Table of Contents

We engage in certain insurance activities which require our employees to be bonded. We satisfy this bonding requirement by issuing letters of credit which were insignificant at March 31, 2010.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties under which the third parties provide services on behalf of PNC. In many of these contracts, we agree to indemnify the third party service provider under certain circumstances. The terms of the indemnity vary from contract to contract and the amount of the indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

We are a general or limited partner in certain asset management and investment limited partnerships, many of which contain indemnification provisions that would require us to make payments in excess of our remaining funding commitments. While in certain of these partnerships the maximum liability to us is limited to the sum of our unfunded commitments and partnership distributions received by us, in the others the indemnification liability is unlimited. As a result, we cannot determine our aggregate potential exposure for these indemnifications.

Pursuant to their bylaws, PNC and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to directors, officers and, in some cases, employees and agents against certain liabilities incurred as a result of their service on behalf of or at the request of PNC and its subsidiaries. PNC and its subsidiaries also advance on behalf of covered individuals costs incurred in connection with certain claims or proceedings, subject to written undertakings by each such individual to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the individual is not entitled to indemnification. We generally are responsible for similar indemnifications and advancement obligations that companies we acquire had to their officers, directors and sometimes employees and agents at the time of acquisition. We advanced such costs on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during the first three months of 2010. It is not possible for us to determine the aggregate potential exposure resulting from the obligation to provide this indemnity or to advance such costs.

In connection with the lending of securities facilitated by GIS as an intermediary on behalf of certain of its clients, we provide indemnification to those clients against the failure of the borrowers to return the securities. The market value of the securities lent is fully secured on a daily basis; therefore, the exposure to us is limited to temporary shortfalls in the collateral as a result of short-term fluctuations in trading prices of the loaned securities. At March 31, 2010, the total maximum potential exposure as a result of these indemnity obligations was $8.5 billion, although the collateral at the time exceeded that amount.

 

VISA INDEMNIFICATION

Our payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (Visa). Our 2009 Form 10-K has additional information regarding the October 2007 Visa restructuring, our involvement with judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks, and other 2009 developments in this area.

Our Visa indemnification liability included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2010 totaled $194 million as a result of the indemnification provision in Section 2.05j of the Visa By-Laws and/or the indemnification provided through the judgment and loss sharing agreements. Any ultimate exposure to the specified Visa litigation may be different than this amount.

RECOURSE AGREEMENTS

We are authorized to originate, underwrite, close to fund and service commercial mortgage loans and then sell them to FNMA under FNMA’s DUS program. We have similar arrangements with FHLMC.

Under these programs, we generally assume up to one-third of the risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At March 31, 2010, the potential exposure to loss was $6.0 billion. Accordingly, we maintain a reserve for such potential losses. At March 31, 2010, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $19.8 billion. The reserves for losses under these programs, totaled $65 million as of March 31, 2010 and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. The serviced loans are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We sell residential mortgage loans pursuant to agreements which contain representations concerning subjects such as credit information, loan documentation, collateral, and insurability. Prior to the acquisition, National City also sold home equity loans/lines of credit pursuant to such agreements. On a regular basis, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. During 2009 and the first three months of 2010 the frequency of such requests increased in relation to prior years. This increase was driven by higher loan delinquencies, resulting from deterioration in overall economic conditions and trends, particularly those impacting the residential housing sector.


 

101


Table of Contents

Upon completion of its own investigation as to the validity of the claim, PNC will repurchase or provide indemnification on such loans. This may take the form of an outright repurchase of the loan or a settlement payment to the investor. If the loan is repurchased it is properly considered in our nonperforming loan disclosures and statistics. Indemnification requests are generally received within two years subsequent to the date of sale.

Management maintains a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased, or on which indemnification is expected to be provided, and regularly evaluates the adequacy of this recourse liability based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. As part of its evaluation of the adequacy of this recourse liability, management considers estimated loss projections over the life of the subject loan portfolio.

At March 31, 2010 the total liability for estimated losses on such repurchase and indemnification claims, including reserves related to the agency programs described above, was $317 million, which is reported in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS

We have two wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiaries which provide reinsurance to third-party insurers related to insurance sold to our customers. These subsidiaries enter into various types of reinsurance agreements with third-party insurers where the subsidiary assumes the risk of loss through either an excess of loss or quota share agreement up to 100% reinsurance. In excess of loss agreements, these subsidiaries assume the risk of loss for an excess layer of coverage up to specified limits, once a defined first loss percentage is met. In quota share agreements, the subsidiaries and third-party insurers share the responsibility for payment of all claims. Reserves were recognized for probable losses on these policies of $211 million at March 31, 2010 and $220 million at December 31, 2009. The aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits for all reinsurance contracts was $1.7 billion as of March 31, 2010.

NOTE 19 SEGMENT REPORTING

We have six reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our management accounting practices and management structure. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other

company. We refine our methodologies from time to time as our management accounting practices are enhanced and our businesses and management structure change. As a result of its pending sale, GIS is no longer a reportable business segment.

Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. As permitted under GAAP, we have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors. Capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to the banking and servicing businesses using our risk-based economic capital model. We have assigned capital to Retail Banking equal to 6% of funds to approximate market comparables for this business.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk inherent in each business segment’s loan portfolio. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from consolidated income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests and exclude the earnings and revenue attributable to GIS. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category in the business segment tables. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions including LTIP share distributions and obligations, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses and certain trading activities, exited businesses, equity management activities, alternative investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.

BUSINESS SEGMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, trust, investment management, and cash management services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, call centers and the internet. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Florida, Virginia, Missouri, Delaware, Washington, D.C., and Wisconsin.


 

102


Table of Contents

Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized corporations, government and not-for-profit entities, and selectively to large corporations. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting, and global trade services. Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory and related services to middle-market companies, our multi-seller conduit, securities underwriting, and securities sales and trading. Corporate & Institutional Banking also provides commercial loan servicing, and real estate advisory and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Corporate & Institutional Banking provides products and services generally within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally.

Asset Management Group includes personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. Wealth management products and services include financial planning, customized investment management, private banking, tailored credit solutions and trust management and administration for individuals and their families. Institutional asset management provides investment management, custody, and retirement planning services. The institutional clients include corporations, foundations and unions and charitable endowments located primarily in our geographic footprint.

Residential Mortgage Banking directly originates primarily first lien residential mortgage loans on a nationwide basis with

a significant presence within the retail banking footprint and also originates loans through joint venture partners. Mortgage loans represent loans collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate. These loans are typically underwritten to government agency and/or third party standards, and sold, servicing retained, to primary mortgage market conduits FNMA, FHLMC, Federal Home Loan Banks and third-party investors, or are securitized and issued under the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) program. The mortgage servicing operation performs all functions related to servicing mortgage loans – primarily those in first lien position – for various investors and for loans owned by PNC. Certain loans originated through our joint ventures are serviced by a joint venture partner.

BlackRock is the largest publicly traded investment management firm in the world. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, multi-asset class, alternative and cash management separate accounts and funds. In addition, BlackRock provides market risk management, financial markets advisory and enterprise investment system services globally to a broad base of clients. At March 31, 2010, our share of BlackRock’s earnings was approximately 23%.

Distressed Assets Portfolio includes commercial residential development loans, cross-border leases, consumer brokered home equity loans, retail mortgages, non-prime mortgages, and residential construction loans. These loans require special servicing and management oversight given current market conditions. The majority of these loans are from acquisitions, primarily National City.


 

103


Table of Contents

Results Of Businesses

 

Three months ended March 31
In millions
   Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
   Asset
Management
Group
   Residential
Mortgage
Banking
    BlackRock    Distressed
Assets
Portfolio
    Other     Consolidated

2010

                     

Income Statement

                     

Net interest income

   $ 871      $ 869    $ 64    $ 80         $ 338      $ 157      $ 2,379

Noninterest income (expense)

     489        371      164      157      $ 99      (1     105        1,384

Total revenue

     1,360        1,240      228      237        99      337        262        3,763

Provision for (recoveries of) credit losses

     340        236      9      (16        165        17        751

Depreciation and amortization

     63        36      11      1             72        183

Other noninterest expense

     912        409      146      123               58        282        1,930

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     45        559      62      129        99      114        (109     899

Income taxes (benefit)

     21        199      23      47        22      42        (103     251

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

   $ 24      $ 360    $ 39    $ 82      $ 77    $ 72      $ (6   $ 648

Inter-segment revenue

           $ 16    $ 4    $ 2      $ 4    $ (3   $ (23      

Average Assets (a)

   $ 67,966      $ 79,516    $ 7,117    $ 8,855      $ 6,225    $ 19,507      $ 77,962      $ 267,148

2009

                     

Income Statement

                     

Net interest income (expense)

   $ 921      $ 1,016    $ 96    $ 91         $ 331      $ (135   $ 2,320

Noninterest income (expense)

     520        267      154      437      $ 26      13        (51     1,366

Total revenue

     1,441        1,283      250      528        26      344        (186     3,686

Provision for (recoveries of) credit losses

     304        287      17      (9        259        22        880

Depreciation and amortization

     67        37      11      2             87        204

Other noninterest expense

     986        393      159      171               80        165        1,954

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     84        566      63      364        26      5        (460     648

Income taxes (benefit)

     34        207      24      137        3      2        (279     128

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests

   $ 50      $ 359    $ 39    $ 227      $ 23    $ 3      $ (181   $ 520

Inter-segment revenue

   $ (2   $ 3    $ 4    $ 2      $ 4    $ (4   $ (7      

Average Assets (a)

   $ 65,620      $ 91,130    $ 7,457    $ 7,219      $ 4,295    $ 24,816      $ 80,315      $ 280,852
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock.

NOTE 20 SUBSEQUENT EVENT

After exchanging its TARP Warrant, described in Note 14 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income, for 16,885,192 warrants, each to purchase one share of PNC common stock, the US Treasury sold the warrants in a secondary public offering. The sale closed on May 5, 2010.

 

104


Table of Contents

STATISTICAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

 

      First Quarter 2010     Fourth Quarter 2009  
Taxable-equivalent basis Dollars in millions    Average
Balances
    

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Average

Yields/

Rates

    Average
Balances
    

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Average

Yields/

Rates

 

Assets

                

Interest-earning assets:

                

Investment securities

                

Securities available for sale

                

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

   $ 21,926       $ 228    4.16   $ 22,663       $ 247    4.37

Non-agency

     10,213         150    5.87        10,788         159    5.90   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     5,357         71    5.29        5,053         68    5.35   

Asset-backed

     1,992         22    4.40        1,927         27    5.60   

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

     7,493         60    3.19        6,403         50    3.09   

State and municipal

     1,365         21    6.26        1,346         19    5.63   

Other debt

     1,874         16    3.39        1,948         16    3.33   

Corporate stocks and other

     457              .10        362         1    .44   

Total securities available for sale

     50,677         568    4.48        50,490         587    4.65   

Securities held to maturity

     5,935         61    4.10        5,014         61    4.92   

Total investment securities

     56,612         629    4.44        55,504         648    4.67   

Loans

                

Commercial

     55,464         696    5.02        55,633         855    6.01   

Commercial real estate

     22,423         309    5.51        23,592         279    4.64   

Equipment lease financing

     6,131         79    5.12        6,164         77    5.01   

Consumer

     55,349         730    5.35        52,911         679    5.09   

Residential mortgage

     19,397         358    7.39        19,891         282    5.65   

Total loans

     158,764         2,172    5.50        158,191         2,172    5.42   

Loans held for sale

     2,476         66    10.80        2,949         74    9.95   

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     1,669         9    2.23        1,700         10    2.28   

Other

     7,471         47    2.55        12,654         54    1.71   

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

     226,992         2,923    5.17        230,998         2,958    5.07   

Noninterest-earning assets:

                

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (5,136           (4,517      

Cash and due from banks

     3,735              3,657         

Other

     41,557              41,740         

Total assets

   $ 267,148            $ 271,878         

Liabilities and Equity

                

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                

Interest-bearing deposits

                

Money market

   $ 57,923         76    .53      $ 56,298         91    .64   

Demand

     24,672         11    .18        24,223         13    .21   

Savings

     6,623         3    .19        6,381         3    .19   

Retail certificates of deposit

     47,162         181    1.55        49,645         218    1.74   

Other time

     1,039         8    3.01        1,389         7    1.97   

Time deposits in foreign offices

     3,034         2    .21        4,013         2    .20   

Total interest-bearing deposits

     140,453         281    .81        141,949         334    .93   

Borrowed funds

                

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     4,344         4    .39        4,046         3    .31   

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     9,603         17    .73        10,880         21    .73   

Bank notes and senior debt

     12,616         84    2.65        12,327         91    2.89   

Subordinated debt

     9,769         130    5.30        9,879         140    5.65   

Other

     5,934         11    .77        2,448         6    1.01   

Total borrowed funds

     42,266         246    2.33        39,580         261    2.60   

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

     182,719         527    1.16        181,529         595    1.30   

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:

                

Demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits

     42,631              44,325         

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     295              324         

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     10,401              13,353         

Equity

     31,102              32,347         

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 267,148                    $ 271,878                 

Interest rate spread

         4.01            3.77   

Impact of noninterest-bearing sources

                   .23                      .28   

Net interest income/margin

            $ 2,396    4.24            $ 2,363    4.05

Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in trading noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. The interest-earning deposits with the Federal Reserve are included in the ‘Other’ interest-earning assets category.

 

105


Table of Contents

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis (Continued)

 

Third Quarter 2009     Second Quarter 2009     First Quarter 2009  

Average

Balances

   Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Yields/
Rates
    Average
Balances
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Yields/
Rates
    Average
Balances
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Yields/
Rates
 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   

$20,838

   $ 248    4.75   $ 21,007      $ 257    4.89   $ 23,065      $ 286    4.97

11,553

     191    6.60        12,520        217    6.95        13,140        213    6.46   

5,052

     68    5.40        4,624        67    5.84        4,252        61    5.70   

1,911

     47    10.04        1,985        22    4.22        2,031        49    9.76   

6,026

     47    3.06        4,185        33    3.15        1,222        7    2.38   

1,367

     18    5.16        1,366        17    5.20        1,334        20    5.87   

1,647

     14    3.40        1,012        9    3.61        684        7    4.00   

388

          .41        386        1    1.01        457        1    .92   

48,782

     633    5.19        47,085        623    5.30        46,185        644    5.57   

4,286

     57    5.31        3,860        55    5.60        3,402        49    5.85   

53,068

     690    5.20        50,945        678    5.32        49,587        693    5.59   

58,457

     771    5.17        63,570        792    4.92        67,232        870    5.18   

24,491

     311    4.96        25,418        298    4.64        25,622        404    6.30   

6,045

     65    4.27        6,191        63    4.11        6,406        93    5.79   

52,066

     656    5.00        51,878        686    5.30        52,618        724    5.58   

20,847

     297    5.70        21,831        374    6.86        21,921        383    6.99   

161,906

     2,100    5.12        168,888        2,213    5.22        173,799        2,474    5.72   

3,696

     69    7.34        4,757        62    5.26        4,521        65    5.80   

2,417

     10    1.74        1,726        11    2.47        1,610        11    2.70   

14,607

     35    .95        16,870        53    1.23        14,728        32    .89   

235,694

     2,904    4.88        243,186        3,017    4.94        244,245        3,275    5.38   

(4,264)

          (4,385          (4,095     

3,547

          3,558             3,832        

39,071

          38,496             36,870        

$274,048

        $ 280,855           $ 280,852        

$56,662

     111    .77      $ 55,464        146    1.05      $ 52,828        200    1.54   

23,874

     14    .24        23,629        17    .30        22,156        23    .42   

6,652

     3    .18        6,678        4    .21        6,266        4    .28   

53,468

     245    1.81        57,357        287    2.01        57,970        293    2.05   

2,841

     11    1.63        5,259        18    1.35        10,670        24    .88   

3,356

     3    .27        3,348        2    .22        3,832        2    .25   

146,853

     387    1.04        151,735        474    1.25        153,722        546    1.44   

4,422

     3    .33        4,283        5    .39        5,016        5    .42   

12,996

     34    1.03        15,818        60    1.51        17,097        85    1.99   

12,542

     99    3.09        13,688        107    3.10        13,384        146    4.36   

10,214

     134    5.24        10,239        165    6.46        10,439        161    6.16   

2,806

     9    1.25        2,170        8    1.34        1,944        12    2.62   

42,980

     279    2.57        46,198        345    2.97        47,880        409    3.42   

189,833

     666    1.39        197,933        819    1.65        201,602        955    1.91   

41,816

          40,965             38,489        

319

          328             344        

11,489

          11,990             11,872        

30,591

          29,639             28,545        

$274,048

                $ 280,855                   $ 280,852                
      3.49           3.29           3.47   
      .27           .31           .34   
     $ 2,238    3.76           $ 2,198    3.60           $ 2,320    3.81

Loan fees for the three months ended March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, September 30, 2009, June 30, 2009, and March 31, 2009 were $45 million, $44 million, $40 million, $34 million, and $44 million respectively. Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, September 30, 2009, June 30, 2009, and March 31, 2009 were $18 million, $18 million, $16 million, $16 million and $15 million, respectively.

 

106


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See the information set forth in Note 17 Legal Proceedings in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item  1, of this Report, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There are no material changes from any of the risk factors previously disclosed in PNC’s 2009 Form 10-K in response to Part I, Item 1A.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

(c) Details of our repurchases of PNC common stock during the first quarter of 2010 are included in the following table:

In thousands, except per share data

 

2010 period  

Total shares
purchased

(a)

  Average
price
paid per
share
  Total shares
purchased as
part of
publicly
announced
programs (b)
  Maximum
number of
shares that
may yet be
purchased
under the
programs (b)

January 1 – January 31

  457   $ 55.56     24,710

February 1 – February 28

  329   $ 52.60     24,710

March 1 – March 31

  432   $ 57.84     24,710
           

Total

  1,218   $ 55.57        
(a) Reflects PNC common stock purchased in connection with our various employee benefit plans. No shares were purchased under the program referred to in note (b) to this table during the first quarter of 2010.
(b) Our current stock repurchase program allows us to purchase up to 25 million shares on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program was authorized on October 4, 2007 and will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated.

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The following exhibit index lists Exhibits filed, or in the case of Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 furnished, with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q:

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  4.27 and 10.75   Form of warrant to purchase common stock. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of PNC’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed April 30, 2010
  12.1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  12.2   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
  31.1   Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1   Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32.2   Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  101   Interactive Data File (XBRL)

You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-Q on or through PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bondholders may also receive copies of Exhibits, without charge, by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on May 7, 2010 on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.  

/s/ Richard J. Johnson

 

Richard J. Johnson

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

107


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

412-762-2000

STOCK LISTING The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol PNC.

INTERNET INFORMATION The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s financial reports and information about its products and services are available on the internet at www.pnc.com. We provide information for investors in portions of our corporate website, such as the Investor Events, Quarterly Earnings, SEC Filings, Financial Information, Financial Press Releases and Message from the Chairman areas that you can find under “About PNC – Investor Relations.” In this section, we will from time to time post information that we believe may be important or useful to investors. We generally post the following shortly before or promptly following its first use or release: financially-related press releases (including earnings releases), various SEC filings, presentation materials associated with earnings and other investor conference calls or events, and access to live and taped audio from such calls or events. When warranted, we will also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding PNC in advance of distribution of a press release or a filing with the SEC disclosing the same information. You can also find the SEC reports and corporate governance information described in the sections below in the Investor Relations section of our website.

Where we have included web addresses in this Report, such as our web address and web addresses of the SEC and of BlackRock, we have included those web addresses as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Report, information on those websites is not part hereof.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You can obtain copies of these and other filings, including exhibits, electronically at the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov or on or through PNC’s corporate Internet website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Copies may also be obtained without charge by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652 or via the online contact form at www.computershare.com/contactus for copies without exhibits or by contacting Shareholder Relations at

800-843-2206 or via email at investor.relations@pnc.com for copies of exhibits. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AT PNC Information about our Board and its committees and corporate governance at PNC is available on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. Shareholders who would like to request printed copies of PNC’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or our Corporate Governance Guidelines or the charters of our Board’s Audit, Nominating and Governance, or Personnel and Compensation Committees (all of which are posted on the PNC corporate website) may do so by sending their requests to George P. Long, III, Corporate Secretary, at corporate headquarters at the above address. Copies will be provided without charge to shareholders.

INQUIRIES For financial services call 888-PNC-2265.

Individual shareholders should contact Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Analysts and institutional investors should contact William H. Callihan, Senior Vice President, Director of Investor Relations, at 412-762-8257 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com.

News media representatives and others seeking general information should contact Brian E. Goerke, Director of External Communications, at 412-762-4550 or via e-mail at corporate.communications@pnc.com.

COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.

 

      High    Low    Close   

Cash

Dividends

Declared

2010 Quarter

             

    First

   $ 61.80    $ 50.46    $ 59.70    $ .10

Total

                        $ .10

2009 Quarter

             

First

   $ 50.42    $ 16.20    $ 29.29    $ .66

Second

     53.22      27.50      38.81      .10

Third

     48.78      33.06      48.59      .10

Fourth

     57.86      43.37      52.79      .10

Total

                        $ .96

DIVIDEND POLICY Holders of PNC common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. Our Board of Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends for all past dividend periods on any


 

108


Table of Contents

series of outstanding preferred stock have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. The amount of any future dividends will depend on economic and market conditions, our financial condition and operating results, and other factors, including contractual restrictions and applicable government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of bank and non-bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company).

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan enables holders of our common and preferred stock to purchase additional shares of common stock conveniently and without paying brokerage commissions or service charges. You can obtain a prospectus and enrollment form by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

REGISTRAR AND STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare Investor Services, LLC

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

800-982-7652


 

109